AI assistant
Etteplan Oyj — Annual Report 2025
Mar 17, 2026
Preview isn't available for this file type.
Download source fileEtteplan Oyj
Business ID 0545456-2
Board of Directors’ Review and Financial Statements
JANUARY 1–DECEMBER 31, 2025
Board of Directors’ Review
January 1 – December 31, 2025
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
The most important factor affecting Etteplan’s business is the global development of the machinery and metal industry. The majority of Etteplan’s customers are industrial companies with several global megatrends influencing the development of their operating environment. For example, structural changes in the global economy, urbanization, climate change, and sustainability are all influencing companies, national economies, and people’s lives. In addition to these megatrends, the engineering industry is influenced primarily by three trends: digitalization, accelerating technological development, and the growing need for highly competent employees. In particular, the application of artificial intelligence in various applications is accelerating. These trends are creating a need for intelligent and energy-efficient solutions in all industrial sectors. The trend of centralizing service purchasing continues as customer demand becomes increasingly international, presenting growth opportunities for global engineering companies. The continued trend of service outsourcing has a positive effect on the industry’s development. Leveraging AI increases interest also in outsourcing solutions and creates growth opportunities for Etteplan. The competition for employees has eased in the prevailing market situation, but there is continued competition for specialized experts in certain areas.
DEVELOPMENT OF DEMAND BY CUSTOMER INDUSTRY
Geopolitical and trade policy tensions affect demand in all of our customer industries. Demand in the Defense industry was at a good level, and demand in the Energy industry was at a moderate level. Demand in the Mining industry showed slight signs of recovery. Demand in the Forest industry and the Metal industry were at a weak level. Demand in the ICT and Electronics industry remained at a weak level. Demand in the Automotive industry weakened. Demand in the Chemical industry remained at a weak level.
DEVELOPMENT OF DEMAND IN ETTEPLAN’S OPERATING COUNTRIES
In the uncertain market situation, our demand outlook was weak in all of our operating countries in Europe. The demand situation has been particularly challenging in Finland and Sweden. In China, the market situation was better than in Europe, but the trade war increased uncertainty also in China. In China’s internal market, the demand for technology services remained at a good level, as demand is influenced by the strengthening of the trend of companies purchasing services instead of hiring employees of their own. In the fourth quarter, demand in the Chinese market showed slight signs of slowing down.
KEY FIGURES
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 361,417 | 361,020 | 359,951 | |
| Change in revenue, % | 0.1 | 0.3 | 2.8 | |
| Operating profit (EBITA) | 24,224 | 24,373 | 30,883 | |
| % of revenue | 6.7 | 6.8 | 8.6 | |
| Operating profit (EBIT) | 17,866 | 18,410 | 25,540 | |
| % of revenue | 4.9 | 5.1 | 7.1 | |
| Profit before taxes | 13,402 | 13,594 | 20,805 | |
| % of revenue | 3.7 | 3.8 | 5.8 | |
| Profit for the financial year | 10,573 | 10,396 | 16,647 | |
| Return on equity, % | 8.8 | 9.0 | 15.1 | |
| ROCE, % | 8.3 | 9.4 | 13.3 | |
| Equity ratio, % | 40.8 | 40.5 | 40.9 | |
| Gross investments | 28,696 | 29,216 | 21,077 | |
| % of revenue | 7.9 | 8.1 | 5.9 | |
| Net gearing, % | 58.7 | 60.0 | 55.3 | |
| Personnel, average | 3,846 | 3,859 | 3,949 | |
| Personnel at year end | 3,777 | 3,803 | 3,902 | |
| Employee benefits expenses | 242,466 | 233,129 | 233,736 |
3 REVENUE
The weakening of demand due to market uncertainty, the challenges in the operating environment, and customers’ slow decision-making affected the accrual of revenue throughout the year. Acquisitions completed during the year increased revenue. Etteplan’s revenue increased by 0.1 percent and was EUR 361.4 million (1-12/2024: EUR 361.0 million). At comparable exchange rates, revenue decreased by 0.5 percent. Organic revenue decreased by 5.0 percent. At comparable exchange rates, organic revenue decreased by 5.6 percent. Revenue from key accounts decreased by 1.0 percent. Etteplan’s business is subject to periodic fluctuation due to the number of working days, holiday seasons and the timing of product development and investment projects in customer companies, which mainly take place in the spring and the latter part of the year. The revenue of acquired companies is not included in organic revenue growth for 12 months following their acquisition. STRONGIT ApS is included in Etteplan’s figures starting from January 1, 2024, AFFRA AB from June 1, 2024, Novacon Powertrain GmbH from January 1, 2025, and Eltech Automation i Lund AB from September 1, 2025.
RESULT
The full-year result was negatively affected by the weakening of demand due to market uncertainty, the challenges in the operating environment and the customers’ slow decision-making, as well as significant non- recurring expenses. Operating profit (EBITA) decreased by 0.6 percent and was EUR 24.2 (24.4) million, or 6.7 (6.8) percent of revenue. Operating profit EBIT decreased by 3.0 percent and was EUR 17.9 (18.4) million, or 4.9 (5.1) percent of revenue. The combined effect of non-recurring items on operating profit (EBITA) and operating profit (EBIT) was EUR -2.8 (-3.0) million. Without the non-recurring items, the operating profit (EBITA) would have been 7.5 percent. The non-recurring items consisted of expenses related to organizational restructuring and adaptation measures, as well as credit losses, which were unusually high for us. The net amount of financial income and financial expenses came to EUR -4.5 (-4.8) million. Profit before taxes was EUR 13.4 (13.6) million. Taxes in the income statement amounted to 21.1 (23.5) percent of the result before taxes. The amount of taxes was EUR 2.8 (3.2) million. The profit for the financial year was EUR 10.6 (10.4) million. Basic earnings per share were EUR 0.42 (0.41). Equity per share was EUR 4.84 (4.67) at the end of December. Return on capital employed (ROCE) before taxes was 8.3 (9.4) percent.
CASH FLOW AND FINANCIAL POSITION
Operating cash flow was EUR 32.0 (31.0) million. Cash flow after investments was EUR 18.3 (9.0) million. Operating cash flow accrues unevenly over the four quarters of the year due to periodic fluctuation in business. The Group’s cash and cash equivalents stood at EUR 30.4 (25.2) million at the end of December. The Group’s interest-bearing liabilities amounted to EUR 102.1 (95.9) million at the end of December. The amount of interest-bearing liabilities was affected by acquisitions made by the Group. The Company has granted loans to its subsidiaries. The total amount of the loans amounted to EUR 14.8 (19.8) million at the end of December. The loan term is a maximum of 4 years or the loans have no fixed maturity date. The loans are repaid in equal instalments and interest is paid once a year. The interest rates are primarily fixed or linked to the base rate at 2.07-3.73 percent. The loans are unsecured. The Group´s lease liabilities represented EUR 21.7 (19.2) million of interest-bearing liabilities. The total of unused short-term credit facilities stood at EUR 15.9 (16.1) million. Total assets on December 31, 2025, were EUR 304.0 (297.8) million. Goodwill on the balance sheet was EUR 126.7 (117.4) million. At the end of December, the equity ratio was 40.8 (40.5) percent.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
The Group’s gross investments were EUR 28.7 (29.2) million and mainly consisted of acquisitions, increases in lease liabilities and equipment purchases.
4 PERSONNEL
The number of personnel stood at 3,777 (3,803) employees at the end of December 2025. The number of personnel decreased by 0.7 percent when compared to the end of December 2024. In the weak market situation, we have slowed down recruitment and had to increase temporary layoffs in Finland compared to the preceding quarter. A total of 168 (178) employees were temporarily laid off at the end of December 2025. The Group employed 3,846 (3,859) people on average in 2025. The number of people employed by the Group outside of Finland stood at 1,995 (1,921) at the end of December, representing 53 (51) percent of the total number of employees.
BUSINESS REVIEW
Weak demand situation continued in Europe. There was still significant variation in customer-specific and industry-specific demand. In China, the market situation was better than in Europe, but the trade war increased uncertainty also in China. In China’s internal market, the demand for technology services remained at a good level, as demand is influenced by the strengthening of the trend of companies purchasing services instead of hiring employees of their own. Going forward, we will focus even more heavily on serving the internal market in China. The number of hours sold in the Chinese market increased by 5.4 percent. We continued the implementation of our strategy and investments to develop our business during the year to respond to the changes in our industry. We continued to develop our service offering, especially in relation to artificial intelligence, and implemented several customer projects that leverage AI. The market around us is changing, and the significance of AI, in particular, continues to grow strongly. With this in mind, utilizing AI plays a very central role in our strategy period that started at the beginning of 2025. We continued to implement our growth strategy by acquiring two companies during the year. In January, we acquired Novacon Powertrain GmbH, a German product engineering services company that focuses on electrification in the automotive industry and the development of engine technology. In September, we acquired Eltech Automation i Lund AB, a Swedish provider of comprehensive industrial automation solutions.Novacon Powertrain’s figures were included in Etteplan’s income statement and balance sheet starting from January 1, 2025, and Eltech Automation’s figures were included starting from September 1, 2025.
Etteplan’s new strategy period began on January 1, 2025 Etteplan’s renewed strategy and updated financial targets for the years 2025-2027 came into effect on January 1, 2025. Digitalization, the growing importance of artificial intelligence (AI) and data, sustainability and the growing need for experts are key trends that affect the operations of both Etteplan and its customers. The main goal of the strategy update is to generate even more value for our customers and accelerate the transformation and development of customers’ and Etteplan’s business. The strategy period 2025-2027 is called Transformation with AI, and its three cornerstones are Trusted Partner, AI and Technology-Empowered Service Solutions and Success with People. Etteplan’s AI-powered service solutions are at the core of the updated strategy, and the company’s target is to increase the share of revenue derived from AI-driven service solutions developed by Etteplan to 35 percent by the end of 2027. AI and technologies, efficient processes, versatile know-how and world-class engineering methods are integrated into the service solutions. Based on a deep understanding of our customers’ needs, we offer scalable solutions that bring people and technology together and create tangible business value for our customers. We also develop services related to data management and data maintenance that enable the efficient use of AI. During the year, the implementation of Etteplan’s strategy continued, and the share of revenue derived from AI-driven service solutions developed by Etteplan developed favorably and was 5 percent at the end of December. The growth has been the fastest in the Technical Communication and Data Solutions service area, where we have won several AI-driven outsourcing contracts related to technical communication. We have also been successful in increasingly leveraging AI in existing customer accounts in the area of technical communication.
Etteplan’s target is still to increase the share of revenue represented by Managed Services to 75 percent. The development of revenue from AI-driven service solutions supports this target. The share of revenue represented by Managed Services stood at 67 (65) percent. We seek growth both organically and through acquisitions. The sources of organic growth include new service solutions that utilize AI and technologies that produce new added value for our customers. Current service solutions are also enhanced with the help of AI. We develop new data-related service solutions that enable the efficient use of AI for industrial product companies and companies in process industries, and support their data management and maintenance. The sources of organic growth also include our global delivery model and the utilization of nearshoring and offshoring solutions to ensure competitiveness in the growing global competition. 5 Inorganic growth is created through acquisitions. Our goal is to offer services from all three of our service areas in all of our operating countries. We aim to grow in our current operating countries through acquisitions that strengthen our expertise, expand our service offering and improve our market position in selected markets and/or customer segments. Revenue accumulated outside Finland amounted to EUR 199.0 (190.4) million, or 55 (53) percent of the Group’s total revenue.
Etteplan’s financial and strategic targets from January 1, 2025:
| Target Category | Target | Timeline |
|---|---|---|
| Utilization of AI | The share of revenue derived from AI-driven service solutions developed by Etteplan will be 35 percent | by the end of 2027 |
| Managed Services | 75 percent of revenue from managed services (Managed Services Index, MSI) | by the end of 2027 |
| Growth | Revenue over EUR 500 million | in 2027 |
| Profitability | Operating profit (EBITA) over 10 percent of revenue | - |
ACQUISITIONS
On September 2, 2025, Etteplan announced it is strengthening its position in Sweden by acquiring the entire share capital of the Swedish company Eltech Automation i Lund AB, which is headquartered in Lomma, Skåne. The company is a provider of comprehensive industrial automation solutions. With this acquisition, Etteplan expands its service offering in Sweden to include production solutions and strengthens its foothold particularly in Southern Sweden. The company employs 21 professionals and had a revenue of approximately EUR 2.5 million in 2024. Eltech Automation AB’s figures are included in Etteplan’s income statement and balance sheet starting from September 1, 2025.
On January 16, 2025, Etteplan announced it is strengthening its position in Central Europe by acquiring all shares in the German product engineering services company Novacon Powertrain GmbH, which focuses on electrification in the automotive industry and the development of engine technology. The acquisition brings Etteplan a new product development unit with strong expertise in the electrification of motoring and rail traffic as well as in the development of advanced powertrains. The revenue of the company, which employs about 180 professionals, was approximately EUR 18 million in 2023. Novacon Powertrain’s figures are included in Etteplan’s income statement and balance sheet starting from January 1, 2025.
Acquisitions in 2024:
On May 27, 2024, Etteplan acquired AFFRA AB, a Swedish consulting company specializing in testing. Based in Gothenburg, AFFRA is a consulting company that specializes in software testing and, in particular, Hardware in the Loop (HIL) testing for the automotive and transport industry. All 23 of AFFRA’s professionals in testing, software development, and embedded solutions were immediately transferred to Etteplan.
On January 8, 2024, Etteplan acquired STRONGIT ApS, a Danish technology service company that focuses on product development solutions. STRONGIT delivers its services with a team of 13 highly qualified engineering professionals and a network of around 70 freelancers in Copenhagen, Århus, and Gråsten in Denmark. In addition, in June 2024, Etteplan acquired a minority stake of 19.99 percent in BJIT, a globally operating IT consulting enterprise that is the largest in its industry in Bangladesh. The acquisition will strengthen Etteplan’s cost competitiveness in the future.
GOVERNANCE
General meeting
The Annual General Meeting of Etteplan Oyj was held on April 8, 2025. The Annual General Meeting approved the financial statements and discharged the members of the Board of Directors and the President and CEO from liability for the financial year 2024. The Annual General Meeting resolved, in accordance with the proposal of the Board of Directors, to pay a dividend of EUR 0.22 per share for the financial year 2024 and to leave the remaining funds in unrestricted equity. The dividend decided on by the Annual General Meeting was paid to the shareholders registered on the record date in the shareholders’ register maintained by Euroclear Finland Ltd. The record date of the payment of dividend was April 10, 2025, and the dividend was paid on April 17, 2025.
In accordance with the proposal of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors, the Annual General Meeting resolved that the Board of Directors shall consist of six (6) members. In accordance with the proposal of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors, the Annual General Meeting resolved on the annual remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the chairmen and members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the Audit Committee. 6
In accordance with the proposal of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors, the Annual General Meeting re-elected Robert Ingman, Tomi Ristimäki, Sonja Sarasvuo and Mikko Tepponen as members of the Board of Directors. The Annual General Meeting further elected Outi Henriksson and Katri Piirtola as new members of the Board of Directors. KPMG Oy Ab, Authorized Public Accountants, with Authorized Public Accountant Kim Järvi as the main responsible auditor, was elected as the company’s auditor. KPMG Oy Ab was elected as the company’s sustainability reporting assurance provider for the financial period 2025.
In its organization meeting subsequent to the Annual General Meeting, the Board of Directors of Etteplan Oyj elected Robert Ingman as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mikko Tepponen was elected the Chairman and Robert Ingman and Katri Piirtola as members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of Etteplan Oyj. Outi Henriksson was elected the Chairman and Sonja Sarasvuo and Tomi Ristimäki as members of the Audit Committee of Etteplan Oyj.
The Annual General Meeting resolved to amend the company’s Articles of Association by adding an article on the sustainability reporting assurance provider to the Articles of Association, amending the article concerning the Annual General Meeting, and adding the election of the sustainability reporting assurance provider to the agenda of the Annual General Meeting. In addition, the Annual General Meeting resolved to change the numbering of the Articles of Association to reflect these amendments.
Board authorizations
The Annual General Meeting held on April 8, 2025, authorized the Board of Directors to resolve on the repurchase of the company’s own shares in one or more tranches using the company’s unrestricted equity. A maximum of 2,000,000 shares in the company may be repurchased. The company may deviate from the obligation to repurchase shares in proportion to the shareholders’ current holdings, i.e. the Board has the right to decide on a directed repurchase of the company’s own shares.The authorization includes the right for the Board to resolve on the repurchase of the Company’s own shares through a tender offer made to all shareholders on equal terms and conditions and at the price determined by the Board, or in public trading organized by the NASDAQ OMX Helsinki Ltd at the market price valid at any given time, so that the Company’s total holding of own shares does not exceed ten (10) percent of all the shares in the Company. The minimum price for the shares to be repurchased is the lowest market price quoted for the shares in the company in public trading and, correspondingly, the maximum price is the highest market price quoted for the shares in the company in public trading during the validity of the authorization. Should the shares in the company be repurchased in public trading, such shares will not be purchased in proportion to the shareholders’ current holdings. In that case, there must be a weighty financial reason for the company to repurchase its own shares. The shares may be repurchased in order to be used as consideration in potential acquisitions or in other structural arrangements. The shares may also be used for carrying out the company’s incentive schemes for its personnel. The repurchased shares may be retained by the company, invalidated or transferred further. The repurchase of the company’s own shares will reduce the non-restricted equity of the company. The authorization is valid for 18 months from the date of the resolution of the Annual General Meeting starting on April 8, 2025, and ending on October 7, 2026. The authorization replaces the corresponding previous authorization.
The Annual General Meeting of April 8, 2025, decided to authorize the Board of Directors to resolve on the issuance of a maximum of 2,000,000 shares through issuance of shares, option rights or other special rights entitling to shares under Chapter 10, Section 1 of the Finnish Companies Act in one or more issues. The authorization includes the right to decide to issue either new shares or shares held by the company. The authorization includes the right to deviate from the existing shareholders’ pre-emptive subscription right as set forth in Chapter 9, Article 3 of the Companies Act. Therefore, the Board of Directors has the right to direct the share issue, or issuance of the option rights or other special rights conferring entitlement to shares. The authorization also includes the right to decide on all the terms of share issue, option rights or other special rights conferring entitlement to shares. The authorization therefore includes the right to determine share subscription prices, persons entitled to subscribe the shares and other terms and conditions applicable to the subscription. In order to deviate from the shareholders’ pre-emptive subscription right, the company must have a weighty financial reason such as financing of a company acquisition, other arrangement in connection with the development of the company’s business or equity or an incentive scheme to the personnel. In connection with the share issuance, the Board of Directors is entitled to decide that the shares may be subscribed against contribution in kind or otherwise under special terms and conditions. The authorization includes the right to determine whether the subscription price will be entered into the share capital or into the unrestricted equity fund.
7 The authorization is valid for eighteen (18) months from the date of the resolution of the Annual General Meeting starting on April 8, 2025, and ending on October 7, 2026. The authorization replaces the corresponding previous authorization.
Shares and Shareholders
Etteplan’s shares are listed in Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd’s Mid Cap market capitalization group in the Industrials sector under the ETTE ticker. The company has one series of shares. Each share entitles its holder to one vote at the General Meeting of Shareholders and confers an equal right to a dividend. The company’s share capital on December 31, 2025, was EUR 5,000,000.00 and the total number of shares was 25,350,793. The number of Etteplan Oyj shares traded in January-December was 725,522 (1–12/2024: 429,697), for a total value of EUR 7.66 (5.34) million. The share price low was EUR 8.90, the high EUR 12.50, the average EUR 10.55 and the closing price EUR 9.48. Market capitalization on December 31, 2025, was EUR 239.4 (252.5) million. On December 31, 2025, Etteplan had 3,557 (3,483) shareholders. Etteplan did not purchase any of its own shares in January-December 2025. The company held 100,921 of its own shares at the end of December 2025 (December 31, 2024: 100,921), corresponding to 0.40 percent of all shares and voting rights.
Etteplan Oyj’s incentive plan for key personnel 2023–2025
The Board of Directors of Etteplan Oyj decided on April 20, 2023, to establish a new share incentive plan for the Group’s key personnel. The plan ended on December 31, 2025. Approximately 35 people belonged to the plan, including the Management Group of Etteplan. The rewards to be paid on the basis of the plan corresponded to the value of a maximum total of 300,000 Etteplan Oyj shares (including also the portion to be paid in cash). The aim of the share incentive plan was to combine the objectives of the shareholders and the key personnel in order to increase the value of Etteplan, to commit the key personnel to the company, and to offer them a competitive reward plan based on earning the company shares. The plan included one earning period which included the calendar years 2023–2025. The plan was in line with Etteplan’s strategy and supported reaching the company’s financial targets. The earnings criteria were Etteplan Group’s revenue increase and earnings per share development. The earnings criteria were not met and, consequently, no rewards will be paid under the incentive plan. On December 16, 2025, Etteplan announced the establishment of a new share-based incentive plan for the Group’s management and key personnel for the period 2026–2028.
Breakdown of shareholdings, December 31, 2025
| Major shareholders | Number of shares | Proportion of shares and votes, % |
|---|---|---|
| Ingman Group Oy Ab | 16,760,000 | 66.11 |
| Oy Fincorp Ab | 2,717,599 | 10.72 |
| Keskinäinen työeläkevakuutusyhtiö Varma | 985,593 | 3.89 |
| Keskinäinen Eläkevakuutusyhtiö Ilmarinen | 343,618 | 1.36 |
| Tuori Klaus Tapani | 309,134 | 1.22 |
| Tuori Aino Mirjami | 298,275 | 1.18 |
| Elo Keskinäinen Työeläkevakuutusyhtiö | 262,000 | 1.03 |
| Vas Invest Oy | 194,035 | 0.77 |
| Näkki Juha | 107,739 | 0.42 |
| Etteplan Oyj | 100,921 | 0.40 |
| Proprius Partners Micro Finland (Non-Ucits) | 100,000 | 0.39 |
| Erikoissijoitusrahasto Aktia Mikro Markka | 83,853 | 0.33 |
| Ingman Robert | 65,000 | 0.26 |
| Kylänpää Osmo Olavi | 53,200 | 0.21 |
| Sijoitusrahasto Säästöpankki Pienyhtiöt | 49,241 | 0.19 |
| Kurra Jorma Juhani | 46,496 | 0.18 |
| Fondita Finland Micro Cap Investment Fund | 42,082 | 0.17 |
| Mäkelä Esa Tapio | 40,285 | 0.16 |
| Sijoitusrahasto Aktia Capital | 34,200 | 0.13 |
| Burmeister Dorrit Elisabeth | 32,313 | 0.13 |
| Other shareholders | 2,725,209 | 10.75 |
| Nominee registered* | 963,877 | 3.80 |
| Total | 25,350,793 | 100.00 |
* Included in the share count of ‘Other shareholders’
8
| Breakdown of shareholdings by owner group | Name of the sector | Number of shareholders | Number of shares | Proportion of shares and votes, % |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Companies | 100 | 17,251,434 | 68.05 | |
| Fund company | 13 | 2,804,389 | 11.06 | |
| Private Individuals | 3,395 | 2,407,491 | 9.50 | |
| Pension & Insurance | 6 | 1,615,659 | 6.37 | |
| Others | 23 | 285,777 | 1.13 | |
| Foundation | 12 | 22,166 | 0.09 | |
| Nominee registered | 8 | 963,877 | 3.80 | |
| Total | 3,557 | 25,350,793 | 100.00 |
| Breakdown of shareholdings by size class | Number of shares, pcs | Number of shareholders | Proportion of shareholders, % | Number of shares | Proportion of shares and votes, % |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1-100 | 1,834 | 51.56 | 64,729 | 0.26 | |
| 101-500 | 1,078 | 30.31 | 293,386 | 1.16 | |
| 501-1,000 | 293 | 8.24 | 225,216 | 0.89 | |
| 1,001-5,000 | 265 | 7.45 | 557,638 | 2.20 | |
| 5,001-10,000 | 38 | 1.07 | 264,086 | 1.04 | |
| 10,001-50,000 | 27 | 0.76 | 600,894 | 2.37 | |
| 50,001-100,000 | 4 | 0.11 | 302,053 | 1.19 | |
| 100,001- above | 10 | 0.28 | 22,078,914 | 87.09 | |
| Nominee registered | 8 | 0.22 | 963,877 | 3.80 | |
| Total | 3,557 | 100.00 | 25,350,793 | 100.00 |
Key figures for shares
| Financial period | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Earnings per share, EUR | 0.42 | 0.41 | 0.66 |
| Equity per share, EUR | 4.84 | 4.67 | 4.55 |
| Dividend per share, EUR (Proposal by the Board of Directors) | 0.22 | 0.22 | 0.30 |
| Dividend per earnings per share, % | 52 | 53 | 45 |
| Effective dividend return, % | 2.3 | 2.2 | 2.2 |
| P/E-ratio, EUR | 22.6 | 24.3 | 20.8 |
| Share price, EUR: | |||
| lowest | 8.90 | 9.86 | 12.40 |
| highest | 12.50 | 14.35 | 18.65 |
| average for the year | 10.55 | 12.43 | 15.84 |
| closing | 9.48 | 10.00 | 13.80 |
| Market capitalization, EUR 1,000 | 239,369 | 252,499 | 346,380 |
| Number of shares traded, 1,000 pcs | 726 | 430 | 384 |
| Shares traded, % | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| Adjusted average number of externally owned shares during the financial year, 1,000 pcs | 25,250 | 25,213 | 25,090 |
| Adjusted number of externally owned shares at year end, 1,000 pcs | 25,250 | 25,250 | 25,100 |
Shareholdings of the Board of Directors and Executive Management
At the end of the financial year, the members of Etteplan Oyj’s Board of Directors and their related parties held a total of 16,825,000 Etteplan shares. Their combined holdings represented 66.37 percent of all shares and voting rights.
9 As at December 31, 2025, the members of Etteplan Oyj’s Board of Directors held shares in Etteplan Oyj either directly or through companies under their control as follows:
| Member of the Board of Directors | Number of shares |
|---|---|
| Robert Ingman, Chairman of the Board | 16,825,000 |
| Outi Henriksson | No ownership |
| Katri Piirtola | No ownership |
| Tomi Ristimäki | No ownership |
| Sonja Sarasvuo | No ownership |
| Mikko Tepponen | No ownership |
| Total | 16,825,000 |
The members of Etteplan’s Management Group and their related parties held a total of 141,085 shares, corresponding to 0.56 percent of all shares and voting rights.As at December 31, 2025, the President and CEO and the members of the Management Group held shares in Etteplan Oyj either directly or through companies under their control as follows:
EVENTS AFTER THE REVIEW PERIOD
| Member of the Executive Management | Number of shares |
|---|---|
| Juha Näkki | 107,739 |
| Helena Kukkonen | 2,956 |
| Jukka Lahtinen | 7,955 |
| Riku Riikonen | No ownership |
| Harri Saikkonen | No ownership |
| Eric Tengstrand | 1,467 |
| Outi Torniainen | 8,563 |
| Minna Tornikoski | 4,549 |
| Mikael Vatn | 7,856 |
| Total | 141,085 |
After the end of the financial year, Etteplan initiated change negotiations on February 10, 2026, within its Software and Embedded Solutions service area in Finland. The change negotiations concerned all employees in the service area in Finland, totaling 336 employees. The change negotiations were concluded on March 13, 2026. As a result of the negotiations, the company has decided to terminate the employment of up to 28 employees, with the terminations intended to be implemented by March 31, 2026. In addition, the company will temporarily or indefinitely lay off 35 employees until further notice. The aim of the change negotiations was to adjust the operations of the service area to the challenging market situation and weakened demand, as well as to align the service area’s competence base with structural changes in the industry.
OPERATING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTY FACTORS
Etteplan’s financial results are exposed to a number of strategic, operational, and financial risks. General economic uncertainty continues to cause risks to Etteplan’s business. The unexpected changes in customers’ business operations and cost savings are a significant risk to Etteplan’s operations. The company’s operations and competitiveness are based on skilled staff. The recruitment and commitment of competent professionals are important factors for ensuring profitable growth and operations. The availability of personnel, particularly in certain expert disciplines, continues to present a business risk. Increased geopolitical and trade policy tensions make the future more difficult to predict and increase market uncertainty, which has an impact on our customers’ operations and supply chains and, consequently, Etteplan’s demand. Changes in legislation may have an impact on Etteplan. Etteplan assesses business risks annually, and more frequently if necessary, and actively monitors their development during the year. The focus of the assessment is particularly on monitoring changes in already identified risks, identifying new business risks and developing proactive risk management. The results of the assessment are discussed in more detail in Etteplan’s Corporate Governance Statement 2025.
MARKET OUTLOOK 2026
The most important factor affecting Etteplan’s business is the global development of the machinery and metal industry. Market uncertainty remains at a high level due to geopolitical and trade policy tensions. Due to the uncertainty and the resulting weak consumer demand, our customers are saving costs and decision-making on new investments remains slow. Projects are still being suspended and postponed. This weakens our demand situation and makes it very difficult to predict the market situation. The defense industry and the energy industry remain the segments in which demand is developing favorably. In our other customer industries, investments are generally at a low level, and the demand situation remains challenging.
KEY INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND THEIR VALUE-ADDING CHARACTERISTICS
Etteplan’s business is strongly based on intangible assets that provide significant added value to our customers and support the company’s strategic goals. These assets include expertise, technologies and innovations, as well as strong customer relationship management.
10
Expertise and Personnel: Etteplan’s success is based on highly educated and experienced personnel who bring deep technical knowledge and expertise. The company invests in continuous development and training of its employees, ensuring they stay up-to-date with the latest technologies and methods.
Technologies and Innovations: Etteplan extensively utilizes the latest technologies and innovations in its service solutions. The company continuously develops new technology-based services that improve customers’ business processes and competitiveness. For example, the utilization of artificial intelligence and digitalization are key factors in Etteplan’s services.
Customer Relationships and Partnerships: Strong and long-term customer relationships are the foundation of Etteplan’s business. The company aims to deepen its partnerships with customers by understanding their business needs and providing tailored solutions that deliver tangible added value. Etteplan’s business is based on the effective utilization of these intangible assets, enabling the company to grow and maintain its competitiveness in a rapidly changing market environment.
FINANCIAL GUIDANCE 2026
Etteplan issues guidance for revenue and operating profit (EBIT) as a numerical range and issues the following estimate: Revenue in 2026 is estimated to be EUR 360-380 (2025: EUR 361.4) million, and operating profit (EBIT) in 2026 is estimated to be EUR 19-25 (2025: 17.9) million.
THE BOARD’S PROPOSAL FOR THE DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS
The parent company’s distributable shareholders’ equity according to the balance sheet on December 31, 2025, is EUR 93,968,312.46. The Board of Directors will propose to the Annual General Meeting, which will convene on April 9, 2026, that on the dividend payout date a dividend of EUR 0.22 per share be paid on the company’s externally owned shares, for a total amount of EUR 5,577,174.46 at most, and that the remaining profit be transferred to retained earnings.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Etteplan Oyj’s Annual General Meeting will be held on Thursday, April 9, 2026. The summons to the AGM is published as a separate release.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
Etteplan publishes the Corporate Governance Statement for 2025 separately from the Board of Directors’ review. The statement is available on the Company’s website www.etteplan.com .
NON-IFRS KEY FIGURES
Etteplan presents non-IFRS key figures to supplement its consolidated financial statements which are prepared in accordance with IFRS. These key figures are designed to measure growth and provide insight into the company’s underlying operational performance. This section describes the most important non-IFRS key figures used by the Group. Formulas for key figures (IFRS and Non-IFRS) are presented at the end of Board of Directors’ Review.
Operating profit (EBITA) and EBITA, %
Operating profit (EBITA) is presented, because it reflects the Group’s operational performance better than Operating profit (EBIT). Operating profit (EBITA) does not include amortization related to intangible assets acquired in business combinations. EBITA, % presents Operating profit (EBITA) as a percentage share of revenue.
Reconciliation of Operating profit (EBITA) and Profit before taxes
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Operating profit (EBIT) | 17,866 | 18,410 |
| Amortization of intangible assets at acquisitions | 6,358 | 5,963 |
| Operating profit (EBITA) | 24,224 | 24,373 |
Organic/In-organic growth and growth in comparable currencies
Organic (revenue) growth is presented in addition to total revenue growth, because it improves the comparability of revenue growth between periods by presenting the revenue growth without the effects of the last 12 months’ acquisitions. Organic growth is calculated by comparing revenue between comparison periods excluding revenue from acquisitions that have taken place in the past 12 months. The revenue growth created by the last 12 months’ acquisitions is presented as in-organic growth. Revenue growth in comparable currencies is presented, because it improves the comparability of revenue growth between periods by presenting the revenue growth with comparable exchange rates. For the calculation of growth in comparable currencies, revenue for the current period is calculated by using the comparable period’s exchange rates. The figure is presented for Group revenue and organic growth.
The share of revenue represented by Managed Services
Etteplan measures the share of revenue represented by Managed Services (MSI Index). Managed Services are service solutions, such as projects and continuous services, where the customer pays for results instead of resources. The share of revenue represented by Managed Services is presented, because it describes Etteplan’s strategy implementation and explains, in part, the changes in profitability.
Etteplan Oyj Board of Directors
11
Formulas for the key figures
IFRS Key Figures
Basic earnings per share = (Profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the parent company) x 100 / Issue adjusted average number of shares during the financial year
Diluted earnings per share = (Profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the parent company adjusted with dilutive effect) x 100 / Issue adjusted average number of shares during the financial year adjusted with dilutive effect
Non-IFRS Key Figures
Operating profit (EBITA) = Operating profit (EBIT) + amortization on fair value adjustments in acquisitions
Organic growth = (Revenue current year - Revenue comparison year - Revenue from acquirees current year) x 100 / Revenue comparison year
Revenue growth from key accounts = (Revenue from key accounts current year - Revenue from key accounts comparison year) x 100 / Revenue from key accounts comparison year
The share of revenue represented by Managed Services = Revenue from Managed Services x 100 / Revenue
Return on equity (ROE), % = Profit for the financial year x 100 / (Equity, total) average
Return on capital employed (ROCE), before taxes, % = (Profit before taxes + Financial expenses) x 100 / (Total equity and liabilities - non-interest bearing liabilities) average
Equity ratio, % = Equity, total x 100 / Total equity and liabilities - Advances received
Gross investments = Totalinvestments made to non-current assets including acquisitions and capitalized development costs Net gearing, % = (Interest-bearing liabilities - Cash and cash equivalents) x 100 Equity, total Equity per share = Equity, total x 100 Adjusted number of shares at the end of the year Market capitalization = Number of outstanding shares at the end of the year x last traded share price of the year Dividend per share = Dividend for the financial year Adjusted number of shares during the financial year Dividend as percentage of earnings = Dividend per share x 100 Earnings per share Effective dividend yield, % = Dividend per share x 100 Adjusted last traded share price Price/earnings ratio (P/E) = Adjusted last traded share price Earnings per share Share price trend = For each financial year, the adjusted low and high actual traded prices are given as well as the average price for the financial year adjusted for share issues. Average price = Total turnover of shares in euros Number of shares traded during the financial year Trend in share turnover, in volume and percentage figures = The trend in turnover of shares is given as the number of shares traded during the financial year and as the percentage of traded shares relative to issued stock during the year.
12 Sustainability Statements
TOC name: E-AR25-sus-main
1. General information 14
2. Environmental information 33
3. Social information 54
4. Governance information 67
13
1. General information
ESRS 2 General disclosures ................................................ 15
Basis for preparation ........................................................................ 15
BP-1 – Basis for sustainability reporting ......................................................... 15
BP-2 – Additional disclosures for special circumstances ............................ 16
Governance .......................................................................................... 18
GOV-1 – Sustainability governance at Etteplan ............................................ 18
GOV-2 – Sustainability matters addressed by Etteplan’s leadership ...... 19
GOV-3 – Sustainability and incentive schemes ............................................. 20
GOV-4 – Our approach to sustainability due diligence ............................... 20
GOV-5 – Risks management in sustainability reporting ............................... 20
Strategy ................................................................................................. 21
SBM-1 – Overview of strategy, business model, and value chain ............. 21
SBM-2 – Stakeholder interests and insights ................................................... 25
SBM-3 – Material impacts, risks, and opportunities in our strategy and business model ............................................................................................. 25
Impact, risk, and opportunity management ................................. 26
IRO-1 – Identifying and assessing material impacts, risks and opportunities ................................................................................................. 26
IRO-2 – ESRS disclosure requirements covered in our Sustainability Statements ................................................................................... 27
Sislun nimi: E-AR25-sus-välisislut
14
General information
ESRS 2 General disclosures
Basis for preparation
HOW WE PREPARE OUR SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTS (BP-1_01-06)
Etteplan’s Sustainability Statements for 2025 has been prepared on a consolidated basis, in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) issued by the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG). 15 The reporting period covers January 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025, consistent with our financial reporting. The statement addresses material impacts, risks, and opportunities across the entire value chain, including upstream suppliers and downstream customers, as well as societal stakeholders. Relevant metrics and targets have been identified to support these disclosures.
Methodologies and assumptions
When using estimates and assumptions, we rely on the best available data and methods to ensure reliability. We complement gaps in value chain data with estimates and continuously improve data collection and reporting processes to enhance completeness, accuracy, and ESRS compliance. Any methodological changes compared to previous reporting periods are disclosed for each metric to maintain comparability. Currently, our carbon footprint calculation does not fully cover all operations due to data limitations. This omission is disclosed in line with ESRS 2 BP 1_01(d). We are actively expanding the scope of GHG emissions calculations to achieve full operational coverage in future reporting periods.
Value chain coverage
Our Sustainability Statements covers Etteplan’s entire value chain, including:
* Own operations
* Upstream suppliers and shareholders
* Downstream customers and end users
* Society at large
Impacts, risks, and opportunities have been assessed across both upstream and downstream activities through our Double Materiality Assessment (DMA). Sustainability policies and initiatives are implemented across our operations and extended to relevant partners, focusing on responsible sourcing and customer collaboration. We use data from upstream and downstream value chain partners whenever it is available and complement our metrics with estimates when necessary.
Etteplan has not used any disclosure exemptions permitted under ESRS or EU regulations:
* No omissions related to intellectual property, know-how, or innovation results (ESRS 1 section 7.7).
* No omissions regarding impending developments or matters under negotiation (Articles 19a(3) and 29a(3) of Directive 2013/34/EU).
All required disclosures have been provided in full.
BP-2 – Additional disclosures for special circumstances
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS IN OUR SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING (BP-2_03-06)
In Etteplan’s sustainability disclosure, some metrics are based on estimates when direct value chain data is not available, and these estimates are prepared using recognised methodologies to ensure transparency and reliability.
Use of indirect sources for value chain data
Our Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions and energy consumption metrics (E1-5 and E1-6) incorporate upstream and downstream data estimated from indirect sources, such as sector averages and proxy datasets. For E1-5, assumptions were applied where primary energy consumption data was missing.
Basis for estimation
When primary data was unavailable, we used secondary data sources such as sector averages and spend-based emission factors, selected to best represent relevant activities.
* Upstream activities: Estimates were applied to fuel- and energy-related activities and waste generation, using conservative assumptions to avoid underestimation.
* Downstream activities: Expert-based assumptions were used for emissions from product use and end-of-life, considering operating hours and product lifetime.
A positive development was the inclusion of more accurate employee commuting data from our recent survey. Etteplan is implementing processes to increase the share of primary data from suppliers and customers, reducing reliance on estimates in future reporting periods.
Accuracy of estimated metrics
The inclusion of estimated upstream and downstream data introduces moderate uncertainty in GHG emissions metrics (E1-6). Emission factors are based on the most recent published data and aligned with relevant technologies and geographies, making them reasonably representative. Activity data based on assumptions or expert estimates may reduce accuracy for certain categories, particularly downstream use-phase and end-of-life scenarios. Methodological choices and non-verified data contribute to variability in precision. Etteplan is committed to improving data quality and reducing reliance on indirect sources.
Planned actions to improve accuracy
To enhance the reliability of GHG emissions data, Etteplan will:
I mprove supplier and customer data collection to reduce reliance on indirect sources.
Replace spend-based estimates with more accurate activity data where feasible.
16 Strengthen stakeholder engagement for better data sharing and standardized reporting formats.
Enhance internal reporting systems through digital tools and automation, including commuting and business unit-level data.
These actions are part of a phased approach aligned with ESRS E1 requirements and will be monitored annually to ensure progress.
MANAGING MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY IN OUR REPORTING (BP-2_07-09)
In Etteplan’s sustainability reporting, some indicators involve inherent measurement uncertainty, particularly where full value chain data is unavailable. These metrics follow established methodologies to ensure a consistent and transparent approach, even though a degree of uncertainty remains.
Metrics subject to high measurement uncertainty
In the E1 disclosures, the metrics in the following sections are those most affected by uncertainty:
* GHG emissions (E1-6 ), particularly Scope 3 categories, due to reliance on estimated activity data and secondary emission factors.
* Energy consumption and use (E1-5 ), where indirect estimations were necessary to address data gaps.
Monetary amounts linked to climate-related impacts are not subject to high uncertainty.
Sources of uncertainty
Measurement uncertainty arises from two main factors:
* Parameter uncertainty: Use of secondary emission factors and estimated activity data where primary data was unavailable. Spend- based factors contribute to higher uncertainty for upstream Scope 3 categories.
* Scenario uncertainty: Expert assumptions applied to model certain emission categories, including worst-case scenarios to avoid underestimation.
Additionally, activity data for the 2025 GHG inventory was primarily available for January– October, with November–December extrapolated based on Jan–Oct data.Similar challenges affected energy consumption data for E1-5.
Assumptions and approximations
For energy consumption (E1-5), approximations were necessary where primary data was missing:
* Previous year’s measured data used as a proxy or modelled based on floor area and national averages.
* Energy mix estimated using local or national averages where specific details were unavailable.
* Late-year data extrapolated from earlier months to complete the reporting period.
These assumptions were applied to ensure reasonable representativeness while acknowledging limitations. Uncertainty is assessed as moderate. For GHG emissions (E1-6), category-specific assumptions are disclosed in the E1-6 section.
Continuous improvement
Etteplan is implementing actions outlined in BP-2_06 to reduce uncertainty, including:
* Expanding primary data collection from suppliers and customers.
* Replacing proxy and spend-based estimates with actual activity data.
* Enhancing internal systems and digital tools for more accurate reporting.
These improvements align with ESRS E1 requirements and will be monitored annually.
UPDATES IN HOW WE PREPARE AND PRESENT SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION (BP-2_10-12)
In 2025, several methodological and content-level changes were introduced compared to the previous reporting period.
Methodological and process enhancements
The DMA process was streamlined to improve efficiency and integration. Key updates include:
* Incorporating prior analyses such as Climate Risk Scenarios and Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) results.
* Using AI tools to support financial materiality assessments, climate risk analysis, and reporting workflows.
* Applying the ‘quick-fix’ reliefs introduced by EU Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/4812.
These changes strengthen the connection between sustainability disclosures and Etteplan’s strategic priorities.
Content-level adjustments
The updated DMA resulted in the removal of ESRS S2 – Workers in the value chain as a material topic. This reflects Etteplan’s business model as a technology service company with limited procurement and no manufacturing operations. The revised analysis also placed greater emphasis on climate-related business opportunities, expanded value chain considerations, and provided more detailed reasoning for impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs).
Comparability of information and revised figures
Due to changes in material topics, certain disclosures reported in 2024 - such as ESRS S2 - are not included in 2025. Comparative information for these topics is therefore not provided, as adjustment is impracticable. For all topics that remain material, Etteplan ensures comparability across reporting periods in line with ESRS 1 principles. No figures disclosed in 2024 have been revised in 2025. Therefore, no differences between previously reported and revised comparative figures are presented.
17 Governance
GOV-1 – Sustainability governance at Etteplan
COMPOSITION AND DIVERSITY OF GOVERNANCE BODIES (GOV-1_01-07)
Etteplan operates under a one-tier governance model. The Board of Directors consists entirely of non-executive members; there are no executive members on the Board. The CEO and Management Group manage day-to-day operations but do not hold Board positions.
| Detail | Count |
|---|---|
| Number of executive members: | 0 |
| Number of non-executive members: | 6 |
Representation of employees and other workers
Employees and other workers are not directly represented on the Board of Directors. However, their interests are considered through established governance processes, including management reporting and engagement mechanisms.
Relevant experience
Board members bring extensive experience in sectors and markets relevant to Etteplan’s operations, including engineering services, digital solutions, and product development. Their backgrounds cover strategic leadership, finance, technology, and international business across Etteplan’s key geographies: Finland, Sweden, China, the Netherlands, Poland, Germany, Denmark, and the USA. This diversity of expertise supports oversight of sustainability matters and risk management. The Board also leverages external experts and training to maintain up-to-date knowledge on sustainability-related issues.
Gender and diversity
Etteplan values diversity as a driver of effective governance. In 2025, the Board achieved gender balance, with 50% women (3 members) and 50% men (3 members). The company also considers diversity in professional backgrounds, industry knowledge, and international experience when selecting Board members.
| Board gender diversity ratio: | 50% female / 50% male |
Other aspects of diversity include varied educational backgrounds and complementary competence profiles.
Independence
Independence is assessed annually. In 2025, the majority of Board members were independent of the company, and at least two members were independent of significant shareholders, in line with the Finnish Corporate Governance Code.
| Percentage of independent Board members: | 66.7% (4 out of 6 members) |
SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE AT ETTEPLAN (GOV-1_08-17)
Etteplan’s governance structure ensures accountability and transparency in managing sustainability-related impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs). Oversight responsibilities are embedded across the Board of Directors, its committees, and management-level bodies.
Roles and responsibilities
- Board of Directors holds ultimate accountability for sustainability oversight, including approval of ESG targets and the Sustainability Report.
- Audit Committee monitors integration of sustainability risks into financial and operational controls and validates reporting processes.
- Management Group oversees the implementation of sustainability objectives and ensures alignment with strategic priorities. It is also the most senior level in the organization accountable for implementing policies adopted to manage material sustainability matters.
- ESG Steering Group leads operational execution of the Sustainability Agenda, including target setting, resource allocation, EU Taxonomy reporting, and identification of material IROs.
Responsibilities are formally documented in Board mandates, committee charters, and terms of reference, ensuring clarity across all governance levels.
Management’s role and oversight
The ESG Steering Group plays a central role in implementing Etteplan’s Sustainability Agenda and reports to the Management Group. The Management Group reviews progress, approves ESG targets, and escalates significant matters to the Board and Audit Committee. Oversight is exercised through structured reporting lines, governance meetings, and ad hoc updates when material changes occur. These mechanisms ensure transparency and alignment with strategic priorities.
Reporting lines and integration
Clear reporting lines connect operational sustainability management with strategic oversight:
ESG Steering Group $\rightarrow$ Management Group $\rightarrow$ Board of Directors and Audit Committee.
Sustainability-related controls and procedures are integrated into Etteplan’s broader governance framework, including compliance, risk management, and operational planning. This integration ensures consistency and reliability in decision-making.
Target setting and monitoring
Governance bodies set ESG targets based on the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), and they track progress through clear, documented processes. ESG Steering Group defines targets and tracks performance. Management Group approves targets and ensures alignment with strategy. 18 Board of Directors exercises ultimate oversight, while the Audit Committee validates reporting and risk integration. Progress is reviewed regularly and reported through governance meetings and ad hoc updates.
Skills and expertise
Etteplan ensures that the governance bodies have the necessary sustainability expertise through annual Board self-assessments and competence-building initiatives. Board members collectively bring experience in technology, engineering services, risk management, and corporate governance, i.e., skills aligned with Etteplan’s material topics and strategic priorities. Regular ESG updates and training sessions further strengthen oversight capabilities.
GOV-2 – Sustainability matters addressed by Etteplan’s leadership
INFORMATION FLOW AND SUSTAINABILITY OVERSIGHT (GOV-2_01-03)
Etteplan’s governance bodies receive regular updates on material sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs), the implementation of due diligence, and the effectiveness of related policies, actions, metrics, and targets. Information is shared through presentations and written briefings during scheduled meetings and ad hoc sessions when material changes occur.
Frequency and responsibility
| Body | Frequency/Context |
|---|---|
| Board of Directors: | The highest supervisory body, addressed strategic sustainability matters eight times during 2025 in its meetings. |
| Audit Committee: | Addressed sustainability reporting and the integration of sustainability risks into internal control systems five times during 2025. |
| Management Group: | Met monthly to review ESG targets and progress on sustainability initiatives. |
| ESG Steering Group: | Met quarterly and as needed to guide implementation of the Sustainability Agenda and EU Taxonomy reporting. |
| ESG Task Force: | Convened on an ad hoc basis to support data collection and CSRD reporting preparation. |
Integration into strategy and risk management
Sustainability considerations are embedded in Etteplan’s strategic and operational decision-making:
* Board of Directors evaluates sustainability impacts and trade-offs when approving major transactions and strategic plans.
* Audit Committee validates alignment of sustainability reporting with strategic objectives and risk management processes.
* Management Group ensures material IROs are integrated into operational decisions and risk management.
* ESG Steering Group monitors progress and allocates resources to implement sustainability actions.# Material topics addressed
In 2025, governance bodies addressed material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified through the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA). These topics include climate-related risks and opportunities, human rights considerations, and other issues relevant to Etteplan’s business model and value chain. The following material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) were identified and addressed in accordance with ESRS requirements. These topics were prioritized based on a materiality score of 12 or higher and considered in strategic planning, risk management, and sustainability oversight.
| Topic | Sub-topic / Sub-sub-topic | Impacts, risks and opportunities | Type of IRO | Value chain phase |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Environmental | E1 Climate change | Climate change mitigation | ||
| Etteplan's GHG emissions | Actual negative impact / financial risk | Own workforce | ||
| Social | S1 Own workforce | Working conditions | ||
| High psychosocial workload | Actual negative impact / financial risk | Own workforce | ||
| Ensuring gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value | Potential negative impact / financial risk | Own workforce | ||
| Access to training and career development opportunities | Actual positive impact / financial opportunity | Own workforce | ||
| Workforce diversity | Actual positive impact / financial opportunity | Own workforce | ||
| Governance | G1 Business conduct | Corporate culture | ||
| Etteplan's strong corporate culture | Actual positive impact / financial opportunity | Own workforce | ||
| Corruption and bribery | ||||
| Risk of corruption and bribery cases due to insufficient awareness/controls | Potential negative impact / financial risk | Own workforce, customers |
GOV-3 – Sustainability and incentive schemes
INCENTIVES AND REMUNERATION LINKED TO SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE (GOV-3_01-06)
In 2025, the company did not have an incentive scheme that included sustainability targets. During the year, the Board approved a new incentive scheme for 2026–2028, which will include also sustainability targets as part of performance evaluation. This means that from 2026 onwards, sustainability metrics will be taken into considered in remuneration policies. In 2025, no part of variable pay was linked to sustainability targets. More details will be shared once the new scheme is in effect.
GOV-4 – Our approach to sustainability due diligence
OVERVIEW: DUE DILIGENCE DISCLOSURES ACROSS THE REPORT (GOV-4_01)
The following table shows where information on Etteplan’s due diligence process is disclosed in this Sustainability Statements. It covers the core elements required by ESRS, including governance integration, stakeholder engagement, identification and assessment of impacts, actions taken, and tracking effectiveness. This mapping ensures transparency and helps stakeholders easily navigate the report.
| Heading | Core elements of due diligence | Relevant paragraphs in Sustainability Statements | Impacts on people / environment |
|---|---|---|---|
| a) Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy, and business model | GOV-1 The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies; GOV-2 Information provided to, and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, management and supervisory bodies; SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model | Both | |
| b) Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligence | SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders; GOV-2 Information provided to, and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, management and supervisory bodies; IRO-1 Description of the process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities | People | |
| c) Identifying and assessing adverse impacts | SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model; IRO-1 Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) process | Both | |
| d) Taking actions to address those adverse impacts | E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies; S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions | Both | |
| e) Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicating | Human Rights Due Diligence process; climate-related risk assessments and emissions tracking; ISO 14001 certification; EU Taxonomy alignment checks; Code of Conduct training completion rates; whistleblower mechanisms; incident tracking and resolution | Both |
GOV-5 – Risks management in sustainability reporting
MANAGING RISKS AND ENSURING RELIABLE SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING (GOV-5_01-05)
Etteplan applies structured risk management and internal control processes to safeguard the integrity of sustainability reporting. These processes cover the entire reporting cycle - from data collection to publication - and are aligned with ISO 31000 principles and our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework.
Scope and key components
Risk management for sustainability reporting includes:
* Defined reporting workflows and internal controls for data validation.
* Digital systems supporting traceability and integration.
* Periodic internal audits and external assurance for selected disclosures.
We monitor risks related to:
* Data availability and timing across the value chain.
* Completeness and accuracy of reported data.
* Manual data collection and CSRD drafting.
* Regulatory interpretation and system integration.
These controls ensure reliability and transparency in line with CSRD requirements.
20
Integration and reporting of risk management findings
Findings from sustainability reporting risk assessments and internal control reviews are embedded into internal processes through defined ownership, process improvements, and lessons learned from each reporting cycle. Enhancements to workflows, documentation practices, and digital tools strengthen data quality and reporting reliability for future CSRD cycles. Material findings are reported through Etteplan’s governance structure: the ESG Steering Group reviews and escalates significant issues to the Management Team and Audit Committee. Summaries are shared after each CSRD reporting cycle and during annual ERM reviews, ensuring informed decision-making and accountability across all levels.
Strategy
SBM-1 – Overview of strategy, business model, and value chain
ETTPLAN’S BUSINESS AREAS, MARKETS, AND CUSTOMERS (SBM-1_01-02)
Etteplan’s business is organized into three main service areas:
Engineering Solutions
Design and engineering of machinery, equipment, and plants for customers, including product development, plant engineering, and Engineering- to-Order projects. This area represents a major part of Etteplan’s business and is linked to material impacts related to resource efficiency.
Software and Embedded Solutions
Product development and software solutions that enable digitalization, connectivity, and intelligence for machinery and equipment. Significant due to its role in supporting customers’ sustainability goals and its share of revenue.
Technical Communication and Data Solutions
Creation and management of technical documentation and information for products and production facilities, delivered in print and digital formats. Change in reporting period: this service area was renamed in January 2025 to reflect the growing importance of data in our strategy.
Risk assessment approach
Etteplan uses a structured approach to assess sustainability reporting risks: Risks are identified and evaluated based on likelihood and impact using predefined criteria. Prioritization considers financial, compliance, and reputational implications. The Sustainability Specialist maintains a risk register with oversight from the ESG Steering Group. Risks are reviewed annually and updated during reporting cycles.
Main risks and mitigation measures
Key risks include:
* Limited availability of value chain data.
* Accuracy of input data and estimation results.
* Completeness under time pressure.
* Regulatory interpretation and system integration challenges.
Mitigation actions:
* Assigning clear ownership for each data point.
* Prioritizing resources for material sections.
* Requiring evidence and documentation for data integrity.
* Multi-level internal reviews for accuracy and traceability.
* Using digital tools to reduce manual errors.
WORKFORCE AND REVENUE OVERVIEW (SBM-1_03-04, 06)
Total number of employees is 3,777
Etteplan’s 3,777 employees are distributed across
* Finland (47.18%, 1,782)
* Scandinavia (18.45%, 697)
* Central Europe (23.83%, 900)
* China (10.51%, 397)
* USA (0.03%, 1)
The Group’s revenue was EUR 361.4 million
21
Our markets and customer groups
Etteplan serves a diverse range of industries and customer groups across multiple markets, primarily targeting industrial product companies and asset-intensive businesses seeking engineering, digitalization, and technical documentation solutions. Key industries and customer groups include:
Manufacturing: Industrial machinery, automation, and production systems supported through design, development, and digitalization services.
Automotive: Embedded systems, software development, and technical documentation for vehicles and transport solutions, with an emphasis on connectivity, safety, and design services for the automotive sector.
Healthcare & Medical Devices: Safety-critical systems and compliance documentation for medical technology, ensuring adherence to regulatory standards.
Aerospace & Defense: Advanced engineering, embedded systems, and technical documentation for highly regulated industries requiring precision and safety.
Energy & Power Generation: Sustainable engineering solutions and technical support for renewable energy, smart grids, and efficiency optimization.
Geographical markets: Etteplan operates primarily in Europe (Nordic countries, Central Europe), with a growing presence in Asia (China) and some operations in North America.# SUSTAINABILITY GOALS ACROSS ETTEPLAN’S BUSINESS MODEL (SBM-1_21)
Etteplan’s sustainability-related goals are fully integrated into our business model and apply across all major product and service groups, customer categories, geographical markets, and stakeholder relationships. These goals reflect our commitment to environmental, social, and governance priorities and are embedded in our three main service areas: Engineering Solutions Software and Embedded Solutions Technical Communication and Data Solutions.
Environmental goals
We aim to reduce Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions by 42% by 2030 and increase the taxonomy eligibility of projects. These objectives are particularly relevant for Engineering Solutions and Software and Embedded Solutions service areas, supporting customers in industries such as Manufacturing, Energy and Power Generation, and Automotive, where resource efficiency and EU taxonomy compliance are critical.
| Sustainability goal | Service area | Industries / Customer groups | Geographical area | Stakeholder relationships |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reduce Scope 1 & 2 emissions by 42% by 2030 | All service areas | All industries | Global | Energy providers, suppliers, facility managers |
| Increase taxonomy eligibility of projects | Engineering Solutions | Manufacturing, Energy & Power Generation | Europe | Regulators, clients, industry associations |
| Achieve gender pay equality | All service areas | Internal workforce | Global | Employee representatives, HR |
| Equity & Inclusion Index $\geq$ 4/5 | All service areas | Internal workforce | Global | Employee engagement, leadership |
| Increase number of women in company | Engineering Solutions, Software & Embedded Solutions | Internal workforce | Global | Universities, STEM networks |
| 100% Code of Conduct implementation | All service areas | Internal workforce & clients | Global | Training providers, compliance officers |
| Zero corruption and bribery cases | All service areas | All industries | Global | Anti-corruption authorities, business partners |
Our environmental goals apply across all Etteplan operations. Achieving these targets requires close collaboration with energy providers, suppliers, and regulatory authorities.
Social goals
Our social objectives include gender pay equality, improving the Etteplan Equity and Inclusion Index, and increasing the number of women in the company. These goals apply globally across all service areas and are supported through engagement with employees, leadership teams, and external networks, such as universities and STEM organizations.
Governance goals
We strive for 100% implementation of the Code of Conduct eLearning course and zero cases of corruption or bribery across all service areas and customer relationships worldwide. These goals are pursued through training programs, compliance monitoring, and cooperation with anti-corruption authorities and business partners.
A summary table illustrating the alignment of sustainability goals with business segments, customer groups, geographies, and stakeholder relationships will be included below. 22
Key markets and customer groups
Etteplan operates primarily in Europe (Nordic countries and Central Europe), with a growing presence in Asia (China) and some operations in North America. These markets are critical for achieving our sustainability objectives but present challenges such as: varying regulatory requirements global supplier engagement
EMBEDDING SUSTAINABILITY IN OUR STRATEGY AND VALUE CHAIN (SBM-1_23, SBM-1_25-28)
Through Etteplan’s business model and strategy, sustainability topics are integrated into all operations, ensuring long-term resilience and value creation. Below, we outline the key elements of our strategy, value chain, inputs, outputs, and outcomes in relation to sustainability matters.
Governance and ethical standards
Strong governance supports trusted partnerships and bold thinking, reinforced by anti- corruption measures and full Code of Conduct implementation. These elements guide resource allocation, innovation priorities, and market positioning, embedding sustainability in Etteplan’s long-term growth strategy.
Business model and value chain
Etteplan’s business model is built around three service areas:
* Engineering Solutions
* Software and Embedded Solutions
* Technical Communication and Data Solutions
These services enable customers to improve sustainability, productivity, and digital transformation. Sustainability considerations are embedded throughout the value chain, from supplier engagement on ethical practices to solutions that help customers meet regulatory and environmental goals.
| Service area | ESRS sector | Industries / Customer groups | Alignment with goals | Gaps / Challenges |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engineering Solutions | Industrial Goods and Services | Manufacturing, Energy & Power Generation | Strong alignment with emissions reduction and taxonomy eligibility | Need to integrate circular economy principles |
| Software & Embedded Solutions | Technology | Automotive, Healthcare, Aerospace | High alignment with emissions reduction and customer sustainability goals | Cybersecurity and ethical AI considerations |
| Technical Communication & Data Solutions | Industrial Goods and Services – others | Healthcare, Aerospace, Automotive | Strong alignment with governance and compliance goals | Reduce environmental footprint of documentation |
ASSESSMENT OF PRODUCTS, SERVICES, AND MARKETS IN RELATION TO SUSTAINABILITY GOALS (SBM-1_22)
Etteplan has conducted a comprehensive assessment of its significant products and services, as well as key markets and customer groups, in relation to its sustainability-related goals. This assessment ensures that our business activities align with our environmental, social, and governance objectives.
Scope of assessment
The review covers activities mapped to ESRS sectors:
* Industrial Goods and Services
* Technology
These service areas are considered significant because they either:
* account for more than 10% of group revenue, or
* are connected to material impacts, such as resource efficiency, regulatory compliance, and customer sustainability performance.
Strategic elements influencing sustainability
In 2025, Etteplan launched its new strategy, called Transformation with AI, marking a significant shift from the previous reporting period. This strategy strengthens sustainability integration and introduces AI-driven service solutions and global delivery models. Key elements include:
Empowering customer sustainability
Our vision commits to delivering solutions that help customers enhance sustainability alongside productivity and digital transformation.
AI-Driven innovation for environmental impact
We leverage AI and emerging technologies to improve resource efficiency, reduce emissions, and enable compliance with sustainability regulations.
Global delivery and market adaptation
Expansion in Europe and Asia ensures alignment with diverse regulatory frameworks and sustainability expectations.
People-centric approach
Our “Success with People” principle underlines commitment to diversity, equity, inclusion, and ethical practices across all operations.
Value chain overview
| Suppliers | Delivery of engineering, software, and technical communication services through global teams and AI-driven solutions. | Customers integrate our solutions into their products and processes, improving sustainability performance, compliance, and efficiency. |
|---|---|---|
| Suppliers of IT infrastructure, software tools, and subcontracted engineering resources, alongside partnerships with technology providers and universities. |
23
Inputs and outputs
Inputs
Shareholders: Inputs include financial performance data and strategic priorities, collected via reporting, investor meetings, and governance processes.
Suppliers: Inputs include capacity, quality standards, and sustainability practices, gathered through assessments, contractual requirements, and collaboration.
Internal processes: Workforce capabilities, technology resources, and innovation priorities are developed through strategic planning and continuous improvement programs.
Outputs
Current benefits
Customers: Support in reaching sustainability targets and ESG compliance.
End-users and society: Access to reliable, sustainable products that reduce waste and pollution.
Investors: Confidence in long-term value creation through demand for sustainability-driven services.
Employees: Growth opportunities in a technology- driven, inclusive environment.
Expected future benefits
Customers: AI-powered solutions for predictive maintenance, circular economy practices, and improved sustainability reporting.
End-users and society: Greater environmental benefits through reduced emissions and resource efficiency.
Investors: Increased value through expansion in sustainability-oriented markets.
Employees: Continued investment in skills development and equity-focused culture.
Etteplan gathers and secures inputs through structured engagement with upstream stakeholders and robust internal processes. Governance measures - such as data validation, confidentiality protocols, and compliance checks - ensure the integrity of inputs and alignment with sustainability objectives. Etteplan’s outputs include engineering, software, and technical communication solutions that enable customers to achieve sustainability, productivity, and digital transformation goals. These outputs create outcomes that deliver benefits across the value chain.
Position in the value chain
Etteplan operates as a technology service provider within the industrial value chain, primarily in the design, engineering, and digitalization stages of the product life cycle.
Upstream Company Downstream
Suppliers $\rightarrow$ Suppliers $\rightarrow$ Partners $\rightarrow$ Shareholders $\rightarrow$ Workers in the value chain $\rightarrow$ Customers $\rightarrow$ Customers
$\uparrow$
Etteplan
Board of Directors
Personnel
End users, society
Investors
Media
Students
Universities
Industry organizations
Authorities
NGO’s
Upstream: Inputs from suppliers include IT infrastructure, software tools, and specialized engineering resources. Partnerships with technology providers and universities support innovation and skills development.Company: Global delivery of engineering, software, and technical communication services, shaped by digitalization and the green transition. Downstream: Customers integrate our solutions into their products and processes, improving energy efficiency, reducing environmental impacts, and meeting regulatory requirements. End-users and society benefit from safer, more sustainable products. Cybersecurity and data protection are integral to ensuring trust and resilience across the value chain.
24 SBM-2 – Stakeholder interests and insights
ENGAGING STAKEHOLDERS TO SHAPE OUR SUSTAINABILITY STRATEGY (SBM-2_01-07, SBM-2_12)
Etteplan engages with a wide range of stakeholders across its value chain. These include employees, customers, shareholders, investors, suppliers, and business partners. Additional stakeholders include educational institutions, students, media, industry organizations, authorities, and non-governmental organizations.
How we engage
We maintain continuous dialogue through meetings, events, surveys, audits, feedback channels, reporting mechanisms, and working groups. Etteplan actively participates in industry organizations to share expertise and promote best practices. In Finland, we are a founding member of Technology Industry Employers of Finland and comply with national collective labor agreements. In Sweden, we are a member of the Swedish Federation of Consulting Engineers and Architects and SVEAT.
Integrating stakeholder insights
Insights from engagement are gathered through management interviews, workshops, employee surveys, and studies on partner expectations. These inputs are integrated into Etteplan’s Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), ensuring that stakeholder perspectives influence planning and operations. By involving both management and employees, we foster a responsive culture aligned with stakeholder interests.
Materiality analysis and strategic alignment
In 2023–2024, Etteplan updated its Sustainability Agenda through a comprehensive materiality analysis. This process included qualitative and quantitative input from internal and external stakeholders and involved the Board of Directors, Management Group, and Audit Committee. Each ESRS topic was assessed using the principle of Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), considering impacts, risks, and opportunities - both positive and negative, actual and potential - over the short, medium, and long term. The results informed our 2025 Decision-Making Framework, embedding stakeholder perspectives and material sustainability topics into strategic planning and governance.
Stakeholders provide critical insights that shape our sustainability priorities and actions. Etteplan is committed to strengthening engagement by enhancing dialogue, improving transparency, and deepening collaboration. This proactive approach ensures that stakeholder expectations guide our sustainability strategy and support long-term value creation.
SBM-3 – Material impacts, risks, and opportunities in our strategy and business model
EMBEDDING MATERIAL IMPACTS, RISKS, AND OPPORTUNITIES INTO STRATEGIC PLANNING (SBM-3_01-12)
Etteplan’s Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) identified key environmental, social, and governance impacts across our operations and value chain. Negative impacts include greenhouse gas emissions contributing to climate change, high psychosocial workload affecting employee well-being, and potential risks related to gender equality and equal pay. Governance aspects such as corruption and bribery risks were also identified. Positive impacts include fostering workforce diversity, providing access to training and career development, and promoting ethical business practices through a strong corporate culture. These impacts occur mainly within our own operations and, in some cases, extend to suppliers and customers.
Alongside impacts, the assessment highlighted risks and opportunities that influence Etteplan’s operations and strategic priorities:
Key risks: Climate transition risks (regulatory changes, market expectations), social risks (psychosocial workload, gender equality), and governance risks (corruption and bribery). Opportunities: Leveraging workforce diversity and training to drive innovation and talent retention and strengthening corporate culture to maintain stakeholder trust and ethical conduct.
Integration into strategy and business model
In 2024, Etteplan developed its 2025–2027 strategy, called Transformation with AI, embedding sustainability into its core objectives. Material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) were systematically considered through:
- Context analysis of activities, relationships, and priorities.
- Stakeholder engagement via surveys and interviews with employees, customers, and management.
- Value chain assessment of positive and negative impacts across operations and supply chains.
- Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) of financial and impact materiality over short-, medium-, and long-term horizons.
The new strategy reflects these insights through three cornerstones:
- Trusted Partner – Deepening customer collaboration for sustainable growth.
- AI and Technology-Empowered Service Solutions – Leveraging AI to create scalable, resource-efficient services.
- Success with People – Focusing on well-being, diversity, and skills development.
Sustainability metrics and targets (emissions reduction, diversity, anti-corruption) remain unchanged from 2024 and continue to guide decision-making.
Effects on people, environment and financial performance
Negative impacts include greenhouse gas emissions contributing to climate change and psychosocial workload affecting employee health and productivity. Risks related to gender equality and corruption could undermine fairness and trust. Positive impacts include diversity, inclusion, and training opportunities that strengthen innovation and employability. These considerations are integrated into our strategy and operational processes to mitigate negative impacts and enhance positive ones.
Due to the company’s low operational emissions, the resulting financial impacts related to emission-related costs remain limited. However, climate-related regulations may increase compliance costs in the short term. Opportunities include revenue growth from AI-driven and climate-adaptable solutions. Governance risks could lead to financial penalties if not mitigated. No significant adjustments to asset or liability values are expected within the next reporting period.
Resilience and time horizons
Our strategy strengthens resilience through:
- Strategic integration of sustainability into planning and operations.
- Risk management workshops and assessments across the value chain.
- Regulatory alignment with CSRD and EU Taxonomy.
- Governance and culture supporting ethical practices and stakeholder trust.
Environmental impacts are relevant in the short term (0–3 years) and will increase in significance over the medium (3–10 years) and long term (>10 years). Social impacts primarily affect the short and medium term, while governance risks remain ongoing. Positive impacts like training deliver benefits in the medium and long term.
Changes and alignment in DMA
Compared to the previous reporting period, Etteplan streamlined its materiality assessment, introduced AI-supported financial analysis, and expanded data sources (e.g., ENCORE for nature topics). Content changes reflect strategic priorities, with fewer ESRS standards and data points, and a stronger focus on climate adaptation and related opportunities. All material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified are covered by ESRS Disclosure Requirements. No additional entity-specific disclosures are required.
Impact, risk, and opportunity management
IRO-1 – Identifying and assessing material impacts, risks and opportunities
OUR APPROACH TO MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT (IRO-1_01-15)
Etteplan applies a structured methodology to identify and assess material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) in line with the principle of double materiality. The process combines qualitative and quantitative approaches and is supported by DMA tool. It covers Etteplan’s own operations and relevant upstream and downstream value chain stages.
Methodology overview
| Phase | Description |
|---|---|
| 1. Understanding context | Analyze current state, map value chain, engage stakeholders through interviews, surveys, and external studies |
| 2. Identification | Identify actual and potential impacts, risks, and opportunities across operations and value chain |
| 3. Assessment | Score each item for impact materiality (effects on people/ environment) and financial materiality |
| 4. Prioritization | Rank topics using a materiality matrix (impact vs. financial materiality) |
| 5. Validation | Review and approval by ESG Steering Group, Management Group, Audit Committee, and Board of Directors |
Assumptions:
* Materiality threshold: score $\geq 12$ for either impact or financial materiality
* Scoring considers short-, medium-, and long-term horizons
* Additional sources: ENCORE, Climate Risk Scenarios, HRDD
| Input parameters | Description |
|---|---|
| Impact materiality | Severity (scale, scope, irreversibility), likelihood |
| Financial materiality | Magnitude of financial effect, likelihood |
| Positive impact | Scale, scope, likelihood of realization |
| Time horizons | Short (0–3 yrs), Medium (3–10 yrs), Long (>10 yrs) |
| External sources | ENCORE, Climate Risk Scenarios, HRDD |
Stakeholder and expert input
The process integrates consultation with internal stakeholders (management interviews, personnel survey) and external stakeholders (desktop review of customer and partner requirements). External expertise is provided by Greenstep Oy and supported by ENCORE and climate scenario analyses. Feedback informs scoring and prioritization.
Prioritization and monitoring
Topics are ranked in the materiality matrix; those scoring 12 or higher are deemed material for reporting. The DMA is updated annually and reviewed when significant changes occur (e.g., regulatory updates, acquisitions).Human rights impacts are monitored through HRDD. Governance and internal controls
| Step | Responsible body |
| :--- | :--- |
| Initial review | ESG Steering Group |
| Strategic alignment | Management Group |
| Final approval | Audit Committee and Board |
| Internal controls | Documentation, segregation of duties, periodic audits |
| External sources | ENCORE, Climate Risk Scenarios, HRDD |
Integration and improvements While DMA and ERM use different methodologies, sustainability risks identified in DMA feed into ERM reporting and climate risk analysis. Opportunities identified through DMA inform strategic planning and investment decisions. Compared to the previous period, Etteplan refined its methodology, expanded scope to include value chain impacts, improved stakeholder engagement, and strengthened governance oversight.
IRO-2 – ESRS disclosure requirements covered in our Sustainability Statements
ENSURING ALIGNMENT WITH ESRS STANDARDS (IRO-2_01-2, -13)
Etteplan’s Sustainability Statements has been prepared in full alignment with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and the outcome of our Double Materiality Assessment (DMA). This section explains how disclosure requirements are addressed and how material information was determined.
ESRS data points and disclosure coverage
Etteplan assessed whether any ESRS data points derive from other EU legislation, such as the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation (SFDR), Taxonomy Regulation, or Benchmark Regulation, and confirms that none apply for this reporting period.
Determining material information
Etteplan identified material information on impacts, risks, and opportunities through its Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) in accordance with ESRS principles. Each topic was assessed for both impact materiality and financial materiality using defined criteria. For this reporting period, Etteplan prioritized topics classified as “Critical,” meaning those with a Materiality Score of 12 or higher in either dimension, while topics with lower scores were considered but not prioritized for disclosure. As part of this process, Etteplan evaluated its impacts, risks, and opportunities related to E2 Pollution, E3 Water and Marine Resources, E4 Biodiversity, and E5 Resource Use and Circular Economy, based on the best available internal information and through stakeholder engagement.
27
List of datapoints in cross-cutting and topical standards that derive from other EU legislation
| Disclosure Requirement and related datapoint | SFDR (23) reference 1 | Pillar 3 (24) reference 2 | Benchmark Regulation (25) reference 3 | EU Climate Law (26) 4 reference | Material topic |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ESRS 2 GOV-1 Board's gender diversity paragraph 21 (d) | Indicator number 13 of Table #1 of Annex 1 | Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1816 (27), Annex II | Is material topic | ||
| ESRS 2 GOV-1 Percentage of board members who are independent paragraph 21 (e) | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1816, Annex II | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS 2 GOV-4 Statement on due diligence paragraph 30 | Indicator number 10 Table #3 of Annex 1 | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities paragraph 40 (d) i | Indicators number 4 Table #1 of Annex 1 | Article 449a Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 (28) | Table 1: Qualitative information on Environmental risk and Table 2: Qualitative information on Social risk | ||
| ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to chemical production paragraph 40 (d) ii | Indicator number 9 Table #2 of Annex 1 | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1816, Annex II | Is material topic | ||
| ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons paragraph 40 (d) iii | Indicator number 14 Table #1 of Annex 1 | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818 (29), Article 12(1) | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1816, Annex II | Is material topic | |
| ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco paragraph 40 (d) iv | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, Article 12(1) | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1816, Annex II | Is material topic | ||
| ESRS E1-1 Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050 paragraph 14 | Regulation (EU) 2021/1119, Article 2(1) | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS E1-1 Undertakings excluded from Paris- aligned Benchmarks paragraph 16 (g) | Article 449a Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 | Template 1: Banking book- Climate Change transition risk: Credit quality of exposures by sector, emissions and residual maturity | |||
| Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, Article12.1 (d) to (g), and Article 12.2 | Is material topic |
28
| Disclosure Requirement and related datapoint | SFDR (23) reference 1 | Pillar 3 (24) reference 2 | Benchmark Regulation (25) reference 3 | EU Climate Law (26) 4 reference | Material topic |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ESRS E1-4 GHG emission reduction targets paragraph 34 | Indicator number 4 Table #2 of Annex 1 | Article 449a Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 | Template 3: Banking book – Climate change transition risk: alignment metrics | ||
| Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, Article 6 | Is material topic | ||||
| ESRS E1-5 Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high climate impact sectors) paragraph 38 | Indicator number 5 Table #1 and Indicator n. 5 Table #2 of Annex 1 | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS E1-5 Energy consumption and mix paragraph 37 | Indicator number 5 Table #1 of Annex 1 | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS E1-5 Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors paragraphs 40 to 43 | Indicator number 6 Table #1 of Annex 1 | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS E1-6 Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions paragraph 44 | Indicators number 1 and 2 Table #1 of Annex 1 | Article 449a; Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 | Template 1: Banking book – Climate change transition risk: Credit quality of exposures by sector, emissions and residual maturity | ||
| Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, Article 5(1), 6 and 8(1) | Is material topic | ||||
| ESRS E1-6 Gross GHG emissions intensity paragraphs 53 to 55 | Indicators number 3 Table #1 of Annex 1 | Article 449a Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 | Template 3: Banking book – Climate change transition risk: alignment metrics | ||
| Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, Article 8(1) | Is material topic | ||||
| ESRS E1-7 GHG removals and carbon credits paragraph 56 | Regulation (EU) 2021/1119, Article 2(1) | ||||
| ESRS E1-9 Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate- related physical risks paragraph 66 | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, Annex II | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1816, Annex II | |||
| ESRS E1-9 Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk paragraph 66 (a). | Article 449a Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 paragraphs 46 and 47; | Template 5: Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk. | |||
| ESRS E1-9 Location of significant assets at material physical risk paragraph 66 (c). | Article 449a Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 paragraphs 46 and 47; | Template 5: Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk. | |||
| ESRS E1-9 Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy-efficiency classes paragraph 67 (c). | Article 449a Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 paragraph 34; | Template 2:Banking book -Climate change transition risk: Loans collateralised by immovable property - Energy efficiency of the collateral |
29
| Disclosure Requirement and related datapoint | SFDR (23) reference 1 | Pillar 3 (24) reference 2 | Benchmark Regulation (25) reference 3 | EU Climate Law (26) 4 reference | Material topic |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ESRS E1-9 Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate- related opportunities paragraph 69 | Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, Annex II | ||||
| ESRS E2-4 Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation (European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) emitted to air, water and soil, paragraph 28 | Indicator number 8 Table #1 of Annex 1 | ||||
| Indicator number 2 Table #2 of Annex 1 | |||||
| Indicator number 1 Table #2 of Annex 1 | |||||
| Indicator number 3 Table #2 of Annex 1 | |||||
| ESRS E3-1 Water and marine resources paragraph 9 | Indicator number 7 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E3-1 Dedicated policy paragraph 13 | Indicator number 8 Table 2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E3-1 Sustainable oceans and seas paragraph 14 | Indicator number 12 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E3-4 Total water recycled and reused paragraph 28 (c) | Indicator number 6.2 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E3-4 Total water consumption in m 3 per net revenue on own operations paragraph 29 | Indicator number 6.1 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS 2- SBM 3 - E4 paragraph 16 (a) i | Indicator number 7 Table #1 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS 2- SBM 3 - E4 paragraph 16 (b) | Indicator number 10 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS 2- SBM 3 - E4 paragraph 16 (c) | Indicator number 14 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E4-2 Sustainable land / agriculture practices or policies paragraph 24 (b) | Indicator number 11 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E4-2 Sustainable oceans / seas practices or policies paragraph 24 (c) | Indicator number 12 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E4-2 Policies to address deforestation paragraph 24 (d) | Indicator number 15 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E5-5 Non-recycled waste paragraph 37 (d) | Indicator number 13 Table #2 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS E5-5 Hazardous waste and radioactive waste paragraph 39 | Indicator number 9 Table #1 of Annex 1 | ||||
| ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1 Risk of incidents of forced labour paragraph 14 (f) | Indicator number 13 Table #3 of Annex I | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1 Risk of incidents of child labour paragraph 14 (g) | Indicator number 12 Table #3 of Annex I | Is material topic | |||
| ESRS S1-1 Human rights policy commitments paragraph 20 | Indicator number 9 Table #3 and Indicator number 11 Table #1 of Annex I | Is material topic |
30
| Disclosure Requirement and related datapoint | SFDR (23) reference 1 | Pillar 3 (24) reference 2 | Benchmark Regulation (25) reference 3 | EU Climate Law (26) 4 reference | Material topic |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor |
(23) Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2019 on sustainability-related disclosures in the financial services sector (Sustainable Finance Disclosures Regulation) (OJ L 317, 9.12.2019, p. 1).
(24) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (Capital Requirements Regulation “CRR”) ( OJ L 176, 27.6.2013, p. 1 ).
(25) Regulation (EU) 2016/1011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2016 on indices used as benchmarks in financial instruments and financial contracts or to measure the performance of investment funds and amending Directives 2008/48/EC and 2014/17/EU and Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 (OJ L 171, 29.6.2016, p. 1).
(26) Regulation (EU) 2021/1119 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 June 2021 establishing the framework for achieving climate neutrality and amending Regulations (EC) No 401/2009 and (EU) 2018/1999 (‘European Climate Law’) (OJ L 243, 9.7.2021, p. 1).
32
2. Environmental information Reporting according to the EU taxonomy ....................... 34
ESRS E1 – Climate change ................................................... 40
Governance .......................................................................................... 40
ESRS 2 GOV-3 – Linking sustainability goals to Incentives ......................... 40
ESRS E1-1 – How we plan to reduce emissions and adapt to climate change ...................................................................................................... 41
ESRS 2 SBM-3 – Material impacts, risks, and opportunities in our strategy and business model ............................................................................ 41
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities ................................... 43
ESRS 2 IRO-1 – How we identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities ..................................................................... 43
E1-2 – Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation ...... 44
E1-3 – Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies ....... 44
Metrics and targets ............................................................................ 45
E1-4 – Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation ....... 45
E1-5 – Overview of energy use and sources .................................................. 47
E1-6 – Greenhouse gas emissions overview: Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total .... 48
33
Environmental information Reporting according to the EU taxonomy
The EU Taxonomy is a EU-wide classification system that defines which economic activities can be considered environmentally sustainable. It translates climate and environmental goals into detailed technical criteria, helping companies and investors identify activities that make a substantial contribution to environmental objectives without causing significant harm to others. The main objective of the EU taxonomy is to direct investments towards sustainable projects and activities. The EU Taxonomy is based on an EU regulation that defines six environmental objectives. Economic activities qualify as environmentally sustainable if they substantially contribute to at least one of these objectives while doing no significant harm to the others. These objectives are:
- Climate change mitigation
- Climate change adaptation
- Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
- Transition to a circular economy
- Pollution prevention and control
- Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
Eu taxonomy-eligibility and alignment
The first phase of EU Taxonomy reporting involves assessing which of the company’s economic activities correspond to the activities described in the taxonomy, meaning they are taxonomy-eligible. Then, the taxonomy-aligned portion of eligible business activities is determined, which meets the criteria set out in the Taxonomy Regulation for environmentally sustainable activities. The economic activity is taxonomy-aligned when it meets the following three criteria:
- Substantial contribution – the activity makes a substantial contribution to at least one of the six environmental objectives defined in the EU Taxonomy Regulation. In accordance with the Regulation, the European Commission has established a list of environmentally sustainable activities and defined the technical screening criteria (TSC) for each type of substantial contribution in delegated acts.
is therefore minimal. The company’s most significant environmental contribution and potential to mitigate climate change stem from developing its customers’ businesses and solutions. In the 2025, EU Taxonomy alignment was assessed for all six environmental objectives, consistent with the previous year. For the 2025 EU Taxonomy reporting, the eligibility assessment was built on the analysis performed in the prior year and further refined. Both eligibility and alignment were evaluated at the planning level and at the business unit level, covering all relevant business activities. These activities were reviewed against the applicable Technical Screening Criteria (TSC) and Do No Significant Harm (DNSH) criteria for each environmental objective. As a result of this more detailed review, one economic activity that had previously been classified as eligible was removed from the eligible scope. In addition, the assessment of Minimum Social Safeguards (MSS) was updated on the basis of a new human rights due diligence (HRDD) process completed in 2025, ensuring continued adherence to the MSS requirements.The purpose of the overall process was to determine taxonomy eligibility and alignment and to compile evidence of the significance of Etteplan’s impacts. The assessment was coordinated by a working group comprising the director and expert responsible for sustainability, a financial management expert, the director and expert responsible for services, and an external consultant. As sustainability legislation continues to evolve, Etteplan will actively follow regulatory developments and update its practices accordingly. The company is committed to ensuring that future reporting requirements are met as efficiently and accurately as possible.
Etteplan’s eligible and aligned activities under eu taxonomy
For climate change related objectives, Etteplan has taxonomy-eligible activities that fall under the technical screening criteria as follows:
Climate change mitigation:
* 9.1 Close to market research, development, and innovation
* 9.3 Professional services related to energy performance of buildings
Climate change adaptation:
* 8.2 Computer programming, consultancy and related activities
* 9.2 Close to market research, development, and innovation
Etteplan’s taxonomy-aligned activities for climate change mitigation under 9.1 and 9.3 include embedded services, testing services, technical documentation, and some mechanical design functions, electrical and automation design, and plant design.
Etteplan’s taxonomy-eligible activities under climate change adaptation 8.2 and taxonomy aligned activities under climate change adaptation 9.2 includes cloud and software development services, environmental impact consulting, and technical, electrical and automation design services. These actions include research, applied research, and the development of products and services that aim to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in solutions, processes, technologies and business models or adapt them on climate change.
For other environmental objectives, Etteplan has taxonomy-eligible activities that fall under the technical screening criteria as follows:
Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources:
* 4.1 Provision of IT/OT data-driven solutions
Transition to a circular economy:
* 4.1 Provision of IT/OT data-driven solutions
Etteplan’s taxonomy-aligned activity in the sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources 4.1 include IT software services for the management of water supply assets. Etteplan’s taxonomy-aligned activities in the transition to a circular economy 4.1 includes IT software services and process automation solutions for various circular economy projects.
Minimum social safeguards
Minimum Social Safeguards (MSS) are a core element of the EU Taxonomy Regulation designed to ensure that economic activities labelled as environmentally sustainable also meet basic social and governance standards. The Taxonomy anchors MSS in internationally recognised standards for responsible business conduct. In practical terms, this means that the Minimum social safeguards cover four main areas: Human rights, actions against bribery, corruption, and extortion, proper and transparent treatment of taxation and fair competition.
-
Do no significant harm (DNSH) – The activity does not significantly harm any of the other environmental objectives. This condition ensures that progress toward one goal, such as climate change mitigation, does not come at the expense of another, like biodiversity protection or pollution prevention.
-
Minimum social safeguards (MSS) – The activity is considered sustainable only if it also respects human rights and workers’ rights and meet the criteria for minimum social safeguards. In practice, these criteria refer to certain international agreements, such as the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
Etteplan conducted a thorough human right due diligence process development exercise during 2024-2025. In this project, preventive measures include training on human rights risks and human rights risk analysis were thoroughly examined. The exercise followed the six-step UNGP/OECD model and was assessed from both process and performance perspectives. Etteplan’s country organizations were all involved in the process. Etteplan is committed to operate in line with OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), The eight ILO core conventions on fundamental principles and rights at work and The International Bill of Human Rights.
Changes compared to the previous reporting period
Upon review, the economic activity “9.1 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change” under climate change adaptation was removed from Etteplan’s list of eligible activities. Etteplan concluded that its LCA services do not fully correspond to the description of this activity. Although LCA services have an indirect link to climate change adaptation, they do not clearly contribute to this environmental objective, and as such, Etteplan has decided to remove this activity from the eligibility list.
Accounting policy for key performance indicators for eu taxonomy
Taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned turnover, capital expenditures and operating expenditures are counted only once, even if an activity meets the criteria of several taxonomy categories. Etteplan’s service-level calculation methodology ensures that each revenue, capital expenditure or operating expenditure item is allocated to only one taxonomy category. Non-financial undertakings must also disclose, for each environmental objective, the extent to which their economic activities are taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned when the activities contribute to several environmental objectives.
KPI related to turnover (Turnover)
Taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned turnover is calculated as a proportion of Etteplan’s total turnover. The numerator reflects the estimated turnover from taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned products and services, while the denominator is the total turnover from Etteplan’s 2025 financial statements. This aligned turnover was estimated at the service level and includes only sales to external customers. Etteplan’s taxonomy-aligned turnover is 51.6%.
KPI related to capital expenditure (CapEx)
Taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned capital expenditure (CapEx) is calculated as a proportion of Etteplan’s total CapEx. The numerator includes CapEx linked to eligible and aligned economic activities, while the denominator covers all capital expenditures. The eligible and aligned CapEx encompass acquisitions, property improvements, and research and development projects, all of which support the transition to a low-carbon economy across the value chain. Of these, 43.6% Taxonomy-aligned.
KPI related to operating expenditure (OpEx)
Under the EU Taxonomy Regulation, operational expenditures (OpEx) comprise direct non-capitalized costs such as research and development (R&D), short- term leases, maintenance and repairs, and other direct spending required to maintain property, plant, and equipment in working order. Etteplan has found that, per the Taxonomy definition, it did not have financially material OpEx during the reporting period. The Omnibus package enables companies to opt out of OpEx KPI reporting when deemed immaterial, and as such, Etteplan will not disclose an OpEx KPI for 2025.
| Breakdown by environmental activities of Taxonomy aligned activities | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total | Proportion of Taxonomy Eligible Activities | Taxonomy aligned activities | Proportion of Taxonomy aligned activities | Proportion of enabling activities | Proportion of transitional activities | Not assessed activities | considered non-material | Taxonomy aligned activities of previous financial year | Proportion of Taxonomy aligned activities of previous financial year | ||
| 2025 kEUR | % | kEUR | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | ||
| Turnover | 361,417 | 52% | 186,435.34 | 52% | 39.59% | 10.13% | 0.46% | 1.41% | 0% | 0% | 43.51% |
| Capex | 28,696.40 | 44% | 12,514.81 | 44% | 37.89% | 4.74% | 0.11% | 0.87% | 0.00% | 0.00% | 40.49% |
| Opex | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Proportion of turnover from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities – disclosure covering year 2025
| Category | Taxonomy eligible activities | Code | Taxonomy aligned KPI (monetary value of Turnover) | Taxonomy aligned KPI (Proportion of Taxonomy aligned Turnover) | Climate change mitigation | Climate change adaptation | Water | Circular economy | Pollution | Biodiversity | Enabling | Transitional | Taxonomy eligible KPI (Proportion of Taxonomy eligible Turnover) | Proportion of Taxonomy aligned in taxonomy eligible |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| kEUR | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | |||
| Close to market research, development, and innovation | CCM 9.1, CCA 9.2 | 148,912.82 | 41.2% | 41.2% | 2.1% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | E | 41.2% | 100.0% | |||
| Professional services related to energy performance of buildings | CCM 9.3 | 1,621.66 | 0.4% | 0.4% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | E | 0.4% | 100.0% | |||
| Computer programming, consultancy and related activities | CCA 8.2 | 29,172.37 | 8.1% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | ||||||
| Sum of alignment per objective | 41.7% | 2.1% | 0.5% | 1.4% | 0.0% | 0.0% | ||||||||
| Total KPI (Turnover) | 186,435.34 | 51.6% | 41.7% | 2.1% | 0.5% | 1.4% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 51.6% | 100.0% |
38 Proportion of CapEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities – disclosure covering year 2025
| Category | Taxonomy eligible activities | Economic activities Code | Taxonomy aligned KPI (monetary value of CapEx) | Taxonomy aligned KPI (Proportion of Taxonomy aligned CapEx) | Enabling | Transitional | Taxonomy eligible KPI (Proportion of Taxonomy eligible CapEx) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Climate change mitigation | CCM 9.1, CCA 9.2 | 11,234.17 | 39.1% | 37.5% | 1.6% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| Close to market research, development, and innovation | |||||||
| Professional services related to energy performance of buildings | CCM 9.3 | 102.77 | 0.4% | 0.4% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| Computer programming, consultancy and related activities | CCA 8.2 | 896.94 | 3.1% | 0.0% | 3.1% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| Provision of IT/OT data-driven solutions | WAT 4.1, CE 4.1 | 280.94 | 1.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.1% | 0.9% |
| Sum of alignment per objective | 37.9% | 4.7% | 0.1% | 0.9% | |||
| Total KPI (CapEx) | 12,514.81 | 43.6% | 43.6% |
39 Environmental information ESRS E1 – Climate change
Governance
ESRS 2 G OV-3 – Linking sustainability goals to Incentives
CLIMATE-RELATED CONSIDERATIONS IN REMUNERATION OF GOVERNANCE BODIES (E1.GOV-3_01–03)
During the reporting period, climate-related considerations were not included in the remuneration of Etteplan’s governance bodies. Performance evaluations and incentive structures did not incorporate greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction targets or other climate-related metrics, as required under Disclosure Requirement E1-4. Consequently, 0% of the remuneration was linked to climate-related performance indicators.
40 ESRS E 1-1 – How we plan to reduce emissions and adapt to climate change
OUR CLIMATE TRANSITION PLAN AND KEY ACTIONS (E1-1_01–15)
Etteplan is committed to climate change mitigation and has developed a comprehensive transition plan to align its strategy and business model with the objectives of a sustainable economy. The plan supports the goals of the Paris Agreement, including limiting global warming to 1.5°C and achieving climate neutrality by 2050, in accordance with the European Climate Law (Regulation (EU) 2021/1119).
Targets and key actions
As of 2025, Etteplan had no investments in coal, oil, or gas-related activities. The company promotes low-carbon procurement and travel policies and aims to increase the share of taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned revenue in its business portfolio. Actions and targets for climate change mitigation are detailed in sections E1-4 and E1-3.
Etteplan’s climate transition plan includes a target to reduce Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions by 42% by 2030, with 2022 as the base year. This target is aligned with the Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi) pathway, consistent with a 1.5°C scenario. The target was established following a Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) in 2023. Key decarbonization levers include reducing office energy consumption, promoting low-carbon commuting and business travel, and implementing low-carbon procurement practices. Planned actions include LED lighting upgrades, automated ventilation, use of bio-based fuels for flights, and supplier preference for carbon reduction commitments. Etteplan is also expanding services related to energy-efficient engineering, digitalization for resource optimization, and low-carbon technologies for clients.
Financial resources
Operational and capital expenditures for implementing the plan are modest. Estimated annual OpEx includes EUR 291–1,973 for certified green energy and approximately EUR 39,200 for low-carbon business travel. No significant CapEx is currently required, though future needs are under review. Taxonomy-aligned activities include embedded services, testing services, technical documentation, and mechanical design functions.
Integration and governance
Etteplan’s qualitative assessment found no locked-in GHG emissions from key assets or products, and no transition risks related to such emissions. The transition plan includes objectives for aligning revenues, CapEx, and OpEx with EU Taxonomy criteria under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139. Etteplan aims to increase taxonomy-aligned revenue through sustainability-focused services. Etteplan is not excluded from EU Paris-aligned benchmarks and meets inclusion criteria under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818.
The transition plan is embedded in Etteplan’s overall business strategy and financial planning, integrated into Board-approved strategy, long-term investment plans, and annual operational planning. Governance is overseen by the ESG Steering Group, with annual reviews and updates. The plan was officially approved by Etteplan Group’s Management on December 17, 2024. Progress in implementation includes the Emission Reduction Guideline (2025), which operationalizes strategic objectives into actions across Scope 1, 2, and 3 categories. Improved GHG calculation methods ensure accurate emissions data.
ESRS 2 S BM-3 – Material impacts, risks, and opportunities in our strategy and business model
CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND RESILIENCE ANALYSIS (E1.SBM-3_01–07)
Etteplan has identified both physical risks and transition risks as material to its operations, based on a comprehensive climate risk and resilience assessment conducted in 2025. Physical risks include acute hazards such as heat waves, floods, storms, and cyclones, as well as chronic risks like temperature variability, water stress, and coastal erosion. Transition risks arise from regulatory changes, technological disruption, market shifts, reputational pressures, and cybersecurity vulnerabilities linked to digital transformation. These risks were assessed under low-emissions (SSP1-2.6) and high-emissions (SSP5-8.5) scenarios, with high severity ratings across short-, medium-, and long-term horizons.
41 Resilience analysis and key findings
The resilience analysis covered Etteplan’s entire value chain at a high level, including its own operations, upstream service purchases, and downstream service delivery across eight operating countries and 93 office locations. No material risks were excluded. Scenario analysis applied internationally recognized frameworks (IPCC SSPs and NGFS), using SSP1-2.6 and SSP5-8.5 for physical risks and RCP 1.9 and 2.6 for transition risks. Time horizons applied were short-term (<1 year), medium-term (1–5 years), and long-term (>5 years), aligned with business planning cycles. Key drivers considered included policy assumptions, macroeconomic trends, energy mix, and technology deployment.
The resilience analysis was conducted in October 2025 by a cross-functional working group, supported by external tools and expert judgment. It was qualitative and scenario-based, designed to meet CSRD and EU Taxonomy requirements. Inputs included country-level climate data mapped to office locations and employee distribution. Constraints included the absence of geospatial coordinates, though location-specific hazard profiles were incorporated. Results show that under the low-emissions scenario, transition risks are high due to regulatory pressure and stakeholder expectations, but these risks also present opportunities for Etteplan to expand climate-smart services. Under the high-emissions scenario, physical risks dominate, particularly acute hazards, while chronic risks require deeper integration into long-term planning. Etteplan demonstrates strong operational resilience in the short to medium term and strategic alignment with Net Zero 2050 ambitions.
Ability to adapt and future integration
Etteplan’s ability to adapt its strategy and business model to climate change is supported by operational flexibility, digital infrastructure, and a service-based model. Short-term adaptability includes remote work protocols and IT redundancies; medium-term adaptability focuses on portfolio evolution toward low-carbon engineering and sustainability consulting; and long-term adaptability aligns with Net Zero 2050 targets and Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi). The company’s proactive approach to sustainability supports access to finance and positions it to benefit from climate-related opportunities. Etteplan plans to integrate climate risk analysis into its Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework in future cycles, ensuring that climate-related risks and opportunities remain embedded in strategic and operational decision-making.
Table E1.SBM-3 01
| Type of climate-related risk | Type of risk | Description | Examples | Severity | Time horizon | Scenario context |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Physical risks | Acute and chronic climate hazards impacting operations, employees, and offices. | Acute: Heat waves, floods, storms, cyclones Chronic: Temperature variability, water stress, coastal erosion | High | Short, Medium, Long-term | SSP1-2.6 (low emissions) SSP5-8.5 (high emissions) | |
| Transition risks | Risks from regulatory, technological, market, and reputational changes. |
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
ESRS 2 I RO-1 – How we identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities
PROCESSES FOR IDENTIFYING AND ASSESSING CLIMATE-RELATED IMPACTS, RISKS, AND OPPORTUNITIES (E1.IRO-1_01–20)
Etteplan identifies and assesses material climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities through a structured process that integrates Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), climate risk and resilience assessment, and GHG inventory calculations. Climate change was confirmed as a material topic in the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), which evaluated actual and potential impacts across the value chain. Details of the GHG inventory and methodology are provided in section ESRS E1-6.
Physical risks
Etteplan conducted a comprehensive climate risk and resilience analysis to identify physical hazards across its operations and value chain. Hazards assessed include temperature-related risks (heat stress, heat waves), water-related risks (floods, droughts, precipitation variability), wind-related risks (storms, cyclones), and solid mass-related risks (coastal erosion, landslides). These hazards were mapped across eight operating countries and 93 office locations, with particular focus on regions such as Finland, Sweden, Poland, and Denmark. Exposure and sensitivity were evaluated based on workforce distribution, leased office sites, and service delivery dependencies. Scenario analysis informed the assessment using SSP1-2.6 (low emissions) and SSP5-8.5 (high emissions) pathways from IPCC and NGFS frameworks. Time horizons applied were short-term (<1 year), medium-term (1–5 years), and long-term (>5 years), aligned with business planning cycles. The SSP5-8.5 scenario was emphasized to ensure coverage of severe and plausible risks. Inputs included geospatial hazard mapping and financial exposure data, supported by Greenstep’s climate risk tool.
Transition risks and opportunities
Etteplan assessed transition risks and opportunities using RCP 1.9 and RCP 2.6 scenarios, aligned with the Paris Agreement and Net Zero 2050 goals. Risks identified include regulatory tightening, technology shifts, market changes, and reputational pressures. Opportunities include resource efficiency, low-carbon engineering services, and climate-smart product development. The screening covered Etteplan’s service portfolio, digital platforms, and workforce capabilities, identifying high sensitivity to regulatory and innovation-driven changes.
Time horizons and scenario use
Short-term (<1 year) assessments address immediate operational risks and regulatory changes. Medium-term (1–5 years) captures evolving transition risks and technology shifts. Long-term (>5 years) focuses on chronic physical hazards and strategic alignment with Net Zero 2050. Scenario analysis was applied consistently across these horizons to ensure robust coverage of uncertainties.
Exposure and sensitivity assessment
Etteplan screened assets and business activities for exposure to both physical hazards and transition events. Sensitivity was highest in regions with dense infrastructure reliance and in service areas requiring rapid technological adaptation. The analysis considered hazard likelihood, intensity, and duration, as well as transition drivers such as policy trends and stakeholder expectations.
Alignment with financial assumptions
The scenarios used (SSP1-2.6, SSP5-8.5, RCP 1.9, RCP 2.6) are compatible with climate-related assumptions reflected in Etteplan’s financial statements, supporting long-term planning for asset resilience, capital allocation, and strategic investments.
Continuous improvement
Etteplan plans to integrate climate risk analysis into its Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework in future cycles, ensuring that climate-related risks and opportunities remain embedded in strategic and operational decision-making.
E1-2 – Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
OUR CLIMATE POLICIES FOR MITIGATION AND ADAPTATION (E1.MDR-P_01–06, E1-2_01, E1.MDR-P_07–08)
Etteplan is currently in the process of formalizing a dedicated Climate Policy to manage its material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to climate change. While the policy is not yet adopted, climate-related matters are actively addressed through existing systems, strategic plans, and supporting policies. These include:
- Etteplan’s Sustainability Agenda, which outlines the company’s climate commitments and strategic direction.
- ISO 14001 Environmental Management System, implemented across Finland, Sweden, Poland, and the wider organization, with annually reviewed environmental targets approved by the Management Group.
- Alignment with the UN Global Compact, reinforcing commitment to climate action and responsible business conduct.
- Climate Transition Plan, which sets the foundation for future mitigation actions and strategic alignment with climate-neutral goals.
- Climate Risk and Resilience Analysis (CRRA), which informs understanding of physical and transition risks and supports adaptation planning.
The following sustainability matters are addressed through these frameworks:
- Climate change mitigation: GHG reduction and transition risk management supported by the Climate Transition Plan, ISO 14001 targets, and low-carbon product development strategies.
- Climate change adaptation: Guided by the CRRA, with physical risks considered in office leasing, IT continuity, and employee safety protocols.
- Energy efficiency: Operational improvements, remote work tools, and engineering solutions embedded in ISO 14001 and internal sustainability programs.
- Renewable energy deployment: Prioritization of offices with renewable energy supply and support for EV infrastructure and employee mobility initiatives.
- Other measures: Training programs, employee engagement in climate action, and client services that enable sustainability transitions.
Etteplan remains committed to advancing its climate-related governance and expects to formalize the Climate Policy in the future. In the meantime, these measures demonstrate a proactive approach to managing climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities.
E1-3 – Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies
ACTIONS AND RESOURCES TO IMPLEMENT OUR CLIMATE POLICIES (E1.MDR-A_01–12, E1-3_01–08)
Etteplan remains committed to achieving its climate targets and fulfilling the requirements of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) in accordance with EU regulations. The Climate Transition Plan guides efforts in climate change mitigation and adaptation, with actions and resources allocated across defined time horizons.
Key actions across operations and value chain
- Energy consumption in offices: Switching from fluorescent lights to LEDs, preferring landlords with green energy certificates, optimizing building technology (automated lighting and ventilation), and continuously optimizing office space.
- Employee commuting: Encouraging hybrid work culture, offering cycling benefits, providing public transportation benefits, and working with landlords to install EV charging stations.
- Business travel: Implementing a procurement strategy to ensure 50% of fuels used for flights are bio-based, and encouraging booking hotels with eco-certificates.
- Purchased goods and services: Preferring suppliers committed to reducing carbon footprints, promoting eco-certified products, requesting supplier-specific emissions data, and conducting life cycle assessments for own products.
Resource allocation and financial planning
- Ensure all cars in use are zero-emission by 2030.
- Ensure all energy used in offices is certified green energy by 2030.
- Allocate resources for low-carbon procurement and commuting measures.
Estimated annual OpEx: EUR 291–1,973 for certified green energy and approx. EUR 39,200 for low-carbon business travel. No significant CapEx identified; actions are primarily operational and funded through existing budgets.
Decarbonization levers
Reduction of energy consumption in offices through LED lighting and automation. Promotion of low-carbon commuting and business travel. Engagement with suppliers for low-carbon procurement. Nature-based solutions are not currently included in the scope of the Transition Plan.
Expected and estimated GHG reductions
- Switching to certified green electricity: approx. 229 tCO\textsubscript{2}e reduction.
- Hybrid work and low-carbon commuting: approx. 1,106 tCO\textsubscript{2}e reduction.
- Transitioning to electric vehicles: approx. 62 tCO\textsubscript{2}e reduction.
Planned actions include LED lighting (-37.8 tCO\textsubscript{2}e), bio-based fuels for flights (-59.7 tCO\textsubscript{2}e), and low-carbon products and services (-377.5 tCO\textsubscript{2}e combined). These measures collectively support progress toward Etteplan’s target of reducing Scope 1–3 emissions by 42% by 2030 compared to the 2022 baseline.
Integration with strategy and financial statements
The ability to implement actions depends on resource availability and access to affordable financing. Operational expenditures are linked to standard expense categories such as energy and travel costs in financial statements. While no significant CapEx is identified, OpEx allocations align with taxonomy KPIs under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178. Actions are embedded in Etteplan’s long-term investment strategy and annual operational planning, reviewed annually by the ESG Steering Group.
Metrics and targets
E1-4 – Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
OUR CLIMATE TARGETS FOR MITIGATION AND ADAPTATION (E1.MDR-T_01-13, E1-4-24)
Etteplan tracks the effectiveness of its climate actions through measurable, time-bound targets derived from its Climate Transition Plan.While an official Climate Policy is still under development, the Transition Plan serves as the guiding framework for climate-related objectives, including emission reductions, energy efficiency improvements, and alignment with global sustainability goals. Targets are reviewed annually by the ESG Steering Group and updated to reflect progress and evolving priorities. Stakeholder involvement is central to the target-setting process, supported by Double Materiality Assessments (DMA) conducted in 2023 and 2025.
GHG emission reduction target
Etteplan’s climate transition plan sets a goal to cut Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions by 42% by 2030, from a 2022 baseline. The target is consistent with the Paris Agreement and a 1.5°C-aligned trajectory. Key actions supporting this target include reducing office energy consumption, promoting low-carbon transport and business travel, and enhancing procurement practices. Measures such as certified green energy, optimization of building technologies, and improved data collection are central to the strategy.
Carbon footprint calculations for 2025 cover Etteplan Finland Oy, Etteplan Sweden AB, and Etteplan Oyj, as well as Poland, Germany, and the Netherlands with limited data. Limitations in 2025 carbon footprint data stem from ongoing integration of acquired companies and system harmonization. More details are provided in section E1-6.
45 in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol using the market-based method. The baseline reflects available activity data at the time, including significant value chain emissions such as business travel and purchased goods and services. Energy consumption has remained consistent across 2023–2025 compared to 2022, supporting the general representativeness of the baseline. Etteplan continues to enhance the scope and coverage of its GHG accounting to improve accuracy and completeness over time.
Etteplan’s baseline year for GHG emission reduction targets remains 2022, as no significant changes have occurred in the targets or reporting boundaries. Maintaining the original baseline supports consistency in tracking progress over time and aligns with ESRS guidance, which recommends changes only when material shifts take place. If significant changes to the targets or reporting boundaries arise in the future, Etteplan will disclose how any new baseline value affects the revised targets, their achievement, and the presentation of progress. Any new targets will be based on a recent year, selected within three years prior to the start of the new target period, in line with ESRS requirements.
Science-based alignment
Targets are aligned with the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) and compatible with limiting global warming to 1.5°C. They were developed using the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and sectoral decarbonization pathways. In setting these targets, Etteplan considered critical future developments, including changes in sales volumes, evolving customer preferences, regulatory shifts, and emerging technologies. These factors were assessed for their potential impact on both emissions and reduction potential. Reference target values aligned with a 1.5°C pathway have been calculated for Scope 1 and 2, and separately for Scope 3, to enable comparison over the target period. Targets have not been externally assured.
Decarbonization levers and contributions
Etteplan’s strategy focuses on:
* Energy efficiency improvements in facilities and operations.
* Transition to renewable energy sources.
* Reduction of emissions from business travel.
* Supplier engagement to lower Scope 3 emissions.
Scenario analysis and internal workshops informed the prioritization of these levers based on emission reduction potential and cost-effectiveness.
| Table E1-4_02-17 - GHG Emissions data | Baseline year 2022 | 2030 target |
|---|---|---|
| Category and decarbonisation | CO\textsubscript{2}-eq | CO\textsubscript{2}-eq |
| Total Greenhouse Gas Emission Reduction | 14,427.6 | -6,059.6 |
| Scope 1 Greenhouse Gas Emission Reduction | 140.3 | -58.9 |
| - Electrification of vehicles (M1) | - | -58.9 |
| Scope 2 Greenhouse Gas Emission Reduction | 632.4 | -265.6 |
| - Transition to nuclear and green energy (M2) | - | -229.0 |
| - Energy efficiency and consumption reduction (M3) | - | -36.6 |
| Scope 3 Greenhouse Gas Emission Reduction | 13,654.9 | -5,735.1 |
| - Emission based selection of purchased goods (M4) | - | -241 |
| - Emission based selection of purchased goods (M5) | - | -4,270 |
| - Promotion of low carbon business travel (M6) | - | -60 |
| - Promotion of remote work and green commuting (M7) | - | -1,106 |
Consistency and baseline
Targets are gross (excluding removals, credits, and avoided emissions) and consistent with GHG inventory boundaries. Targets exclude GHG removals, carbon credits, and avoided emissions, in line with ESRS E1-6 requirements. The baseline year (2022) reflects all relevant emission sources and remains unchanged to ensure comparability over time. Etteplan’s baseline year for GHG emission reduction targets is 2022. The baseline value includes all relevant emission sources from Etteplan Finland Oy and Etteplan Sweden AB, based on a GHG inventory conducted in
46 These levers are expected to contribute collectively and measurably to the achievement of Etteplan’s emission reduction targets. Quantitative contributions include:
* Energy efficiency improvements: ~36.6 tCO\textsubscript{2}e reduction
* Transition to renewable energy: ~229 tCO\textsubscript{2}e reduction
* Business travel measures: ~59.7 tCO\textsubscript{2}e reduction
* Supplier engagement: ~4,511 tCO\textsubscript{2}e reduction across purchased goods and services.
Etteplan has considered a diverse range of climate scenarios, including one aligned with limiting global warming to 1.5°C. An internal workshop held in October 2024 served as a foundation for identifying key mitigation actions across energy use, commuting, business travel, and procurement. Two scenario pathways were developed in the internal workshop:
* Workshop Pathway, based on concrete measures identified during the workshop
* Scenario Pathway, which added further actions to close the gap toward the 42% reduction target by 2030 and align with the SBTi cross-sector pathway
This scenario analysis enabled Etteplan to detect relevant environmental, societal, technological, market, and policy developments. It also supported the selection and prioritization of decarbonization levers based on their emission reduction potential and cost-effectiveness, ensuring strategic alignment with climate neutrality goals. Both pathways were overall consumption. Fuel consumption in leased vehicles is excluded due to limited availability of comprehensive data. No other direct fuel use related to Etteplan operations is considered in the 2025 report. A conservative approach was applied when splitting electricity, heat, and cooling between renewable and non-renewable sources, following the methodology used for market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions. tested against SSP1-2.6 and SSP5-8.5 for physical risks and RCP 1.9 and RCP 2.6 for transition risks, ensuring coverage of plausible futures and supporting prioritization of actions under different regulatory and physical risk conditions.
E1-5 – Overview of energy use and sources
ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND MIX ACROSS OFFICES (E1-5_01-9)
The following section provides an overview of Etteplan’s energy consumption profile in offices located across the Nordic region and selected European countries. Offices in China, Denmark, and the USA are excluded from this assessment. The offices included in the assessment are associated with the following subsidiaries:
* Etteplan Finland Oy
* Etteplan Poland sp.z.o.o.
* Etteplan Sweden AB
* Etteplan Germany GmbH
* Etteplan Defense GmbH
* Etteplan Engineering GmbH
* Etteplan B.V.
* Etteplan Netherlands B.V.
The data includes total energy use and a breakdown by source (fossil, renewable, nuclear), along with the share of each source in
| Table: Energy consumption and mix | Year 2024 | Year 2025 | Unit |
|---|---|---|---|
| Total fossil energy consumption (MWh) | 3,425.1 | 4,388.7 | MWh |
| Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (%) | 53% | 69% | % |
| Consumption from nuclear sources (MWh) | 370.4 | 84.0 | MWh |
| Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption (%) | 6% | 1% | % |
| Fuel consumption from renewable sources, including biomass (also comprising industrial and municipal waste of biologic origin, biogas, renewable hydrogen, etc.) (MWh) | 0 | 0 | MWh |
| Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from renewable sources (MWh) | 2,628.2 | 1,846.3 | MWh |
| The consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy (MWh) | 0 | 0 | MWh |
| Total renewable energy consumption (MWh) | 2,628.2 | 1,846.3 | MWh |
| Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (%) | 41% | 29% | % |
| Total energy consumption (MWh) | 6,467.0 | 6,319.0 | MWh |
Etteplan does not currently consume self-generated non-fuel renewable energy, as it relies on purchased renewable energy sources. This has not been material to our overall energy consumption and is not included in the current report. Electricity from renewable or nuclear sources was only included when contractual documentation confirmed its origin. Where primary data was unavailable - particularly for rented premises - residual grid mix was assumed for electricity, classified as fossil energy in the table. For heating, local or country-specific heat production mixes were used in the absence of primary data.
47
ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND INTENSITY IN HIGH CLIMATE IMPACT SECTORS (E1-5_18-21)
Energy intensity from activities in high climate impact sectors is presented in the table below. Based on the 2025 taxonomy report, while Etteplan’s activities are not directly high climate impact specified, 51.6% of Etteplan’s activities are enabling activity for high climate impact sector (taxonomy-eligible or –aligned). This percentage has been applied in the calculation of the total energy consumption from high climate impact sectors. For more specific information, see the taxonomy report.Etteplan has taxonomy-eligible activities for climate change mitigation under TSC 9.1 Close to market research, development, and innovation, and TSC 9.3 Professional services related to energy performance of buildings. For climate change adaptation, Etteplan has eligible activities under TSC 8.2 Computer programming, consultancy and related activities, and TSC 9.2 Close to market research, development, and innovation. For the other four environmental objectives, Etteplan has eligible activities for sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources as well as for transition to a circular economy under TSC 4.1 Provision of IT/OT data-driven solutions.
Table: Energy intensity based on net revenue
| Energy intensity based on net revenue | Comparative 2024 | Reporting year 2025 | Change % (N/N-1) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Total energy consumption from activities in high climate impact sector | 3,221.0 | 3,259.6 | 1 % |
| Total energy intensity from activities in high climate impact sector | 17.9 | 17.5 | -2 % |
| Net revenue from activities in high climate impact sectors used to calculate energy intensity | 179.8 | 186.4 | |
| Net revenue (other) | 181.2 | 175.0 | |
| Total net revenue (Financial statements) | 361.0 M€ | 361.4 M€ |
Calculated based on 51.6% of enabling activities in 2025 taxonomy report (eligible or aligned). Mostly consultancy and R&D for high climate impact sectors.
E1-6 – Greenhouse gas emissions overview: Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total
GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS BY SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY (E1-6_01-13)
Etteplan’s carbon footprint for 2025 is presented together with the base year (2022) and the previous year (2024) for comparison. In 2025, our market- based carbon footprint was 12,929.3 tCO(_2)e (15,697.0 in 2024), indicating a decrease compared to the prior year. It is important to note that the calculation scope, data collection, and methodologies are continuously evolving. Therefore, year-on-year results are not fully comparable. Etteplan aims to expand the carbon footprint calculation to cover all group companies to achieve a complete view of the organization’s emissions.
For 2025, Etteplan Oyj, Finland, and Sweden are fully accounted for under Scopes 1–3. Poland, Germany, and the Netherlands are fully included for Scopes 1 and 2, while Scope 3 coverage in these countries is limited to employee commuting and fuel- and energy-related activities. Data from investees, joint ventures, and certain subsidiaries is currently unavailable but will be incorporated in future reporting periods.
Scope 3 category 2 (capital goods) is not assessed separately. No activities were identified in categories 8 (upstream leased assets), 10 (processing of sold products), 13 (downstream leased assets), and 14 (franchising). Identified upstream leased assets are included in Scope 1–2 calculations. Category 15 (investments) is excluded for now but will be added as the calculation boundary expands.
Etteplan does not have Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes, as the company is not currently participating in such programs. Metrics presented in this section have not been externally validated.
48
Table: E1-6 - Greenhouse Gas Emissions Overview: Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total
| Retrospective Milestones and target years | Base year 2022 tCO(_2)-eq | Comparative 2024 t CO(_2)-eq | Reporting year 2025 tCO(_2)e | Change % (N/N-1) 2025 | 2030 (2050) | Annual %-target / Base year | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Scope 1 GHG emissions | |||||||
| Gross Scope 1 GHG emissions (tCO(_2) eq) | 140.3 | 362.3 | 415.3 | 15% | - | 42% - 5.25% | |
| Percentage of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes (%) | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | |||
| Scope 2 GHG emissions | |||||||
| Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions (tCO(_2) eq) | N/A | 781.9 | 795.8 | 2% | - | - 5.25% | |
| Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions (tCO(_2) eq) | 632.4 | 1,094.6 | 1,564.6 | 43% | - | 42% - 5.25% | |
| Significant Scope 3 GHG emissions | |||||||
| Total Gross indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions (tCO(_2) eq) | 13,654.9 | 14,357.3 | 10,946.3 | -23% | - | 42% - 5.25% | |
| 1 Purchased goods and services | 9,908.7 | 8,545.6 | 6,235.9 | -27% | - | - | |
| 2 Capital goods | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | - | - | |
| 3 Fuel and energy-related activities | 194.0 | 374.9 | 345.3 | -8% | - | - | |
| 4 Upstream transportation and distribution | N/A | 14.8 | 3.4 | -77% | - | - | |
| 5 Waste generated in operations | 42.4 | 243.7 | 3.8 | -98% | - | - | |
| 6 Business traveling | 879.1 | 1,525.6 | 1,095.3 | -28% | - | - | |
| 7 Employee commuting | 2,630.8 | 2,791.4 | 2,990.8 | 7% | - | - | |
| 8 Upstream leased assets | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | - | - | |
| 9 Downstream transportations | N/A | 0.1 | 0.0 | -100% | - | - | |
| 10 Processing of sold products | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | - | - | |
| 11 Use of sold products | N/A | 743.2 | 271.7 | -63% | - | - | |
| 12 End-of-life treatment of sold products | N/A | 0.9 | 0.05 | -94% | - | - | |
| 13 Downstream leased assets | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | - | - | |
| 14 Franchises | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | - | - | |
| 15 Investments | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | - | - | |
| Total GHG emissions (location-based) (tCO(_2) eq) | N/A | 15,476.4 | 12,157.4 | -21% | - | - 5.25% | |
| Total GHG emissions (market-based) (tCO(_2) eq) | 14,427.6 | 15,697.0 | 12,926.2 | -18% | 42% | - 5.25% |
49
Table: GHG Emissions by Scope and Country (E1-6_03)
| Metric tonnes of CO(_2) eq | Finland | Sweden | Poland* | Germany* | Netherlands* |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Gross Scope 1 GHG emissions | 415.3 | 61.4 | 16.3 | 51.7 | 235.5 |
| Gross Scope 2 GHG emissions (market-based) | 1,564.6 | 565.9 | 120.7 | 120.8 | 636.8 |
| Gross Scope 3 GHG emissions | 10,946.3 | 7,213.6 | 2,554.4 | 78.2 | 882.1 |
| Total GHG emissions | 12,926.2 | 7,840.8 | 2,691.4 | 250.7 | 1,754.3 |
* Only Scope 3 categories 3 and 7 included.
CHANGES IN REPORTING SCOPE AND YEAR-ON-YEAR COMPARABILITY (E1-6_14)
There have been no significant changes to Etteplan’s value chain definition. However, as we continuously develop our data collection processes and calculation methodologies, the reported carbon footprint results are not fully comparable year-on-year. In 2025, the Scope 3 category for employee commuting was added for Germany, Poland, and the Netherlands. Compared to the base year 2022, four new Scope 3 categories have been included: upstream and downstream transportation, end-of-life treatment of sold products, and use of sold products. Additionally, the 2024 carbon footprint of the value chain covered only Etteplan Finland and Sweden operations. These additions affect the comparability of results. Our intention is to gradually expand the calculation to cover the entire organization and, in the future, update the baseline to reflect the full organizational scope.
METHODOLOGIES, ASSUMPTIONS, AND EMISSION FACTORS USED IN GHG CALCULATIONS (E1-6_15)
Etteplan calculates greenhouse gas emissions in line with the GHG Protocol Corporate Standard and the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard, applying the operational control approach. While the calculation boundary currently excludes some subsidiaries and entities due to incomplete system integrations and limited data availability, the scope will be gradually expanded to cover the entire organization. Once this is achieved, the baseline will be updated to reflect the full organizational footprint.
For the 2025 inventory, data collection covered January to October. The remaining two months were estimated by extrapolating available data to complete the calendar year. Primary data was prioritized wherever possible, sourced from internal systems, external systems, and departmental surveys. Where primary data was unavailable, estimates were based on credible literature sources. Emission factors were selected to represent the technological and geographical characteristics of Etteplan’s operations. These factors were sourced from recognized databases, including Statistics Finland, DEFRA, EXIOBASE v.3.8.2, Association of Issuing Bodies (AIB), EU Joint Research Centre, and VTT Technical Research Centre of Finland Ltd.
Scope-specific approaches were applied:
Scope 1: For leased vehicles, primary emission data was used when available. Otherwise, calculations were based on contracted or driven kilometers using WLTP-specific or generic fuel-type factors. Emissions from electric vehicles were allocated to Scope 2.
50
Scope 2: Calculations relied on primary energy consumption data where available. In the absence of such data, office floor area and average consumption figures per square meter were applied. For market-based calculations, country-specific residual mix was used when certified electricity was not available. Location- based calculations applied average country- specific production mix. Similar principles were applied to heating, using certified heat factors where applicable and local district heating factors otherwise. Country-specific tools such as Finnish Energy’s district heat calculator and Lokala miljövärden by Energi företagen Sweden supported these calculations.
Scope 3: Methodologies for Scope 3 categories are detailed in section E1-6_29.
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AND BIOGENIC EMISSIONS (E1-6_16-17)
Currently, no significant events or changes in circumstances relevant to Etteplan’s greenhouse gas emissions have been identified between the reporting dates of entities in our value chain and the date of Etteplan’s general purpose financial statements. In 2025, Etteplan estimated biogenic CO(_2) emissions for the first time within its own operations (Scope 1). These emissions originate from the combustion of biofuels in company-leased vehicles. Reliable estimation was possible only where fuel data was
Data availability posed a challenge in 2025. Primary data on the type of energy used was not available for all Etteplan offices, and some energy data remained incomplete. Etteplan is committed to improving the tracking and reporting of energy consumption and related contractual instruments to ensure more comprehensive disclosures in future reporting periods.
BIOGENIC EMISSIONS IN SCOPE 2 ENERGY USE (E1-6_24)
In 2025, Etteplan estimated biogenic CO(_2) emissions for the first time within Scope 2 energy use. These emissions originate from the combustion of biofuels in energy production. When certified electricity (renewable or nuclear) was not in use, market- based biogenic emissions were calculated using the fuel mix in the country-specific residual grid mix.For district heating, estimates were based on contractual instrument-specific fuel mixes or, in the absence of certification, on country or location- specific fuel mixes. Calculated biogenic emissions in Scope 2 amounted to 653.4 tCO₂e. It should be noted that some energy consumption figures rely on estimates, introducing a degree of uncertainty to the reported result. available, meaning the reported figure likely underestimates actual emissions. Calculated biogenic emissions in Scope 1 amounted to 1.2 tCO₂e. It should be noted that some energy consumption data is based on estimates, introducing a degree of uncertainty to the result.
CONTRACTUAL INSTRUMENTS AND CERTIFIED ENERGY IN SCOPE 2 EMISSIONS (E1-6_18-23)
In 2025, approximately 9% of Etteplan’s total Scope 2 energy consumption consisted of certified energy bundled with contractual instruments such as Guarantees of Origin or other certificates verifying the source of purchased energy. Among certified energy sources, renewable electricity represented the largest share (55%), followed by certified district heating (31%) and certified nuclear electricity (14%). Scope 2 emissions associated with these instruments are marginal, as the production of renewable energy (excluding biomass-based sources) and nuclear energy is not estimated to generate Scope 2 emissions. It is important to note that district heating production in Nordic countries already places a strong emphasis on renewable energy. Therefore, the share of certified renewable energy provides only a partial view of actual renewable energy use, as only energy consumption backed by renewable energy certificates (available and acquired) is accounted for as certified renewable energy.
SCOPE 3 EMISSIONS: DATA COVERAGE, EXCLUSIONS, AND BIOGENIC EMISSIONS (E1-6_25-28)
In 2025, Etteplan continued to develop its Scope 3 emissions reporting, focusing primarily on operations in Finland and Sweden, with partial coverage for Germany, the Netherlands, and Poland. The calculation scope and methodologies will be expanded in the coming years to fully reflect the group’s carbon footprint.
Use of primary data
Some Scope 3 categories were partly estimated using primary data obtained from value chain operators. Primary emission data was available for categories 4 (Upstream transportation and distribution) and 6 (Business travel). The share of primary emission data in total Scope 3 emissions was 2.2% in 2025.
Excluded categories
Scope 3 category 15 (Investments) was excluded from the calculation boundary due to lack of reliable data from investees. Additionally, no activities were identified in categories 8 (Upstream leased assets), 10 (Processing of sold products), 13 (Downstream leased assets), and 14 (Franchises) for Finland and Sweden operations. These exclusions impact completeness, but Etteplan intends to gradually expand coverage and update the baseline accordingly. 51
Included categories
For Finland and Sweden, Scope 3 calculations included the following categories:
* Purchased goods and services
* Capital goods (included under category 1 due to financial data limitations)
* Fuel- and energy-related activities
* Upstream transportation and distribution
* Waste generated in operations
* Business travel
* Employee commuting
* Downstream transportation and distribution
* Use of sold products
* End-of-life treatment of sold products
For Germany, the Netherlands, and Poland, Scope 3 coverage was limited to categories 3 (Fuel- and energy-related activities) and 7 (Employee commuting).
Biogenic emissions in the value chain
Biogenic CO₂ emissions from biomass combustion or biodegradation in Scope 3 value chain activities were not estimated for 2025 due to lack of reliable data. Etteplan is exploring options to include these emissions in future reporting.
REPORTING BOUNDARIES AND CALCULATION METHODS FOR SCOPE 3 EMISSIONS (E1-6_29)
Etteplan’s Scope 3 inventory for 2025 was primarily conducted for operations in Finland and Sweden
General calculation approach
Etteplan prioritizes primary data wherever available, including data from value chain operators. Activity data is sourced from internal and external systems and departmental surveys. Where primary data is unavailable, estimates are based on credible literature sources. Average emission factors are applied, selected to reflect technological and geographical characteristics of operations. Sources include DEFRA, EXIOBASE, and Association of Issuing Bodies (AIB).
Category-specific methodologies
Purchased Goods and Services (Category 1): Calculated using financial spend data and country-specific emission factors. Capital goods are included under category 1 due to data limitations.
Business Travel (Category 6): Mileage allowances extracted from financial data and converted to estimated distances using tax-free mileage rates. Emissions calculated with average factors. Primary data from travel operators was used where available to avoid double counting.
Fuel- and Energy-Related Activities (Category 3): Based on Scopes 1 and 2 energy use; emission factors from reliable sources such as the Joint Research Centre, Institute for Energy and Transport.
Upstream Transportation (Category 4): Primary data from logistics operators for well-to- due to incomplete system integrations and limited data availability for other countries. The intention is to gradually expand the calculation to cover the entire organization and update the baseline accordingly.
Reporting boundaries
Fully included in 2025 Scope 3 reporting:
* Etteplan Oyj (parent company)
* Etteplan Finland Oy
* Etteplan Sweden AB
Partially included (Scope 3 categories 3 and 7):
* Etteplan Poland sp.z.o.o
* Etteplan Germany GmbH
* Etteplan Defense GmbH
* Etteplan Engineering GmbH
* Etteplan B.V.
* Etteplan Netherlands B.V.
Excluded due to data limitations and system harmonization:
* Etteplan Technology Center Ltd.
* Etteplan Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
* Etteplan USA Inc.
* Etteplan Denmark A/S
* Eltech Automation i Lund AB
* BJIT Ltd. (investment)
* Ekkono Solutions AB (investment)
wheel emissions related to tester and adapter production in Finland.
Waste (Category 5): Estimated using HSY average waste per person and office occupancy rates; waste-type-specific emission factors applied. Likely overestimates emissions.
Employee Commuting (Category 7): Based on employee survey (59% response rate) covering commuting mode and office days. Results extrapolated to group level. Significant improvement compared to previous years.
Downstream Transportation (Category 9): Includes one specific transportation event with known mode and distance. Other customer- arranged transportations not included likely underestimating emissions.
Use of Sold Products (Category 11): Expert estimates of energy consumption during product use.
End-of-Life Treatment (Category 12): EoL scenarios constructed for sold products, applying average emission factors for waste handling. 52
Table: GHG Emissions Intensity and Net Revenue Reconciliation (E1-6_30-35)
| Comparative | Reporting year | 2025 | Change % (N/N-1) | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GHG intensity based on net revenue | ||||
| Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue (tCO₂ eq/Monetary unit) | 42.6 | 33.7 | -21% | |
| Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue (tCO₂ eq/Monetary unit) | 43.5 | 35.8 | -18% | |
| Net revenue used to calculate GHG intensity | 361.0 M€* | 361.4 M€ | ||
| Net revenue (other) | - | |||
| * Total net revenue (Financial statements) | 361.0 M€ | 361.4 M€ |
*Updated 53
3. Social information
ESRS S1 – Own workforce ................................................... 55
Strategy ................................................................................................. 55
ESRS 2 SBM-2 – Interests and views of stakeholders: why own workforce matters .............................................................................. 55
ESRS 2 SBM-3 – Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model .............................................. 56
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities ................................... 58
S1-1 – Policies related to own workforce ....................................................... 58
S1-2 – Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts ......................................................................... 60
S1-3 – Addressing workforce impacts and providing channels to raise concerns ................................................................................................. 61
S1-4 – Taking action on material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to own workforce .................................................................................. 61
Metrics and targets ............................................................................ 62
S1-5 – Targets related to managing material impacts, risks, and opportunities ................................................................................................. 62
S1-6 – Employee profile and workforce characteristics ............................. 63
S1-9 – Diversity metrics ...................................................................................... 65
S1-14 – Health and safety metrics ................................................................... 65
S1-16 – Pay gap and total remuneration metrics .......................................... 66
S1-17 - Human rights impacts, incidents, and complaints .......................... 66
54
Social information
ESRS S1 – Own workforce
Strategy
ESRS 2 SBM-2 – Interests and views of stakeholders: why own workforce matters
Etteplan’s own workforce is a key stakeholder group and an essential driver of our success. Our people shape our ability to deliver value and innovate, making workforce-related topics central to our Sustainability Agenda.Employee engagement is achieved through initiatives such as the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD), and continuous dialogue, ensuring that their interests and rights guide our approach. Success with People remains a cornerstone of our strategy Transformation with AI, reflecting the importance of continuity, competence, and well-being in our business model. This section outlines how we manage material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to our own workforce in line with ESRS requirements.
ESRS 2 SBM-3 – Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
WORKFORCE-RELATED IMPACTS, RISKS, AND OPPORTUNITIES IN OUR STRATEGY (S1.SBM-3_01–S1.SBM-3_12)
Etteplan includes all people in its own workforce who could be materially impacted by the company within the scope of disclosure under ESRS 2. This covers both internal employees and external workers, as confirmed in the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) conducted in 2025, which identified material impacts on working conditions, equal treatment, health and safety, training, and diversity.
Etteplan’s workforce composition
Etteplan’s workforce includes both employees and non-employees who are subject to material impacts from its operations. Employees are individuals in a direct employment relationship with Etteplan, including permanent, fixed-term, full-time, and part-time roles. Non-employees are members of the external workforce and not directly employed by Etteplan. The external workforce includes B2B workers (people with a B2B contract supplying labor to Etteplan in Poland), agency workers (people employed by third-party agencies supplying labor to Etteplan), other subcontractors (individual contractors supplying labor to Etteplan, excluding B2B workers and agency workers) and trainees (students in unpaid trainee or internship positions with no direct employment relationship with Etteplan).
Material negative impacts
Material negative impacts on Etteplan’s own workforce, as identified in the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) conducted in 2025, include both actual and potential impacts. Actual negative impacts include high psychosocial workload, primarily driven by project demands and work intensity. While these occurrences are not systemic, they can affect individual employee well-being. Etteplan addresses this risk through preventive measures under its Quality, Environment, Health and Safety (QEHS) Policy, including regular workplace surveys, risk assessments, and targeted training programs aimed at reducing stress and promoting a healthy work environment.
Potential negative impacts relate to gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value. Although systemic issues have not been observed, individual cases of gender pay gaps may arise due to factors such as role-specific salary ranges, education, and experience. These are continuously monitored, and Etteplan is actively preparing to comply with the EU Pay Transparency Directive across all of its operating countries. Both negative impacts are considered material due to their potential effect on employee health, safety, and fair treatment. Etteplan applies mitigation and monitoring measures and engages in continuous improvement to reduce occurrence and severity.
Material positive impacts
Etteplan’s activities that result in material positive impacts on its own workforce were identified in the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) conducted in 2025. These include access to training and career development opportunities and initiatives that promote workforce diversity, both considered actual positive impacts due to their direct contribution to employee growth, inclusion, and long-term employability. Training and career development programs are available to all employees – permanent, fixed-term, full-time, and part-time – and support continuous learning and professional advancement. Non-employees, such as trainees and agency workers, also benefit from structured onboarding and health and safety practices, which facilitate integration and skill development during their assignments. Etteplan’s diversity initiatives foster an inclusive work environment, ensuring equal opportunities and representation across all Etteplan countries. These measures strengthen employee engagement and contribute to a positive organizational culture.
Material risks and opportunities
Etteplan has identified material risks and opportunities arising from its impacts and dependencies on its own workforce in the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) conducted in 2025. Material risks include high psychosocial workload, primarily linked to project demands and work intensity, that may lead to reduced employee well-being, increased absenteeism, and potential productivity loss. These factors can affect operational continuity and overall business performance if not effectively managed.
Material risks include also ensuring gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value. While systemic issues have not been observed, individual cases of pay gaps could lead to reputational risks, regulatory non-compliance, and challenges in attracting and retaining talent if not addressed proactively. Additional risks include potential business disruption due to high employee turnover, lack of critical skills, and difficulties in attracting and retaining top technology talent. These risks may impact growth, profitability, and operational resilience.
Opportunities include enhanced business performance and market appeal through investment in training and skills development, promotion of diversity, and ensuring fair compensation and working conditions. These initiatives strengthen employee engagement, leadership development, and long-term competitiveness across all Etteplan countries.
Transition plan impacts
Etteplan’s climate transition plan includes measures to reduce environmental impacts and achieve climate-neutral operations. These measures may lead to changes in work practices, such as increased remote work, promotion of low-carbon commuting, and optimization of office space and energy use. Opportunities include upskilling and job creation in areas such as low-carbon procurement, sustainable product design, and digitalization. At this stage, no material impacts on Etteplan’s own workforce have been identified through the transition plan. No employment loss or restructuring is expected. The transition plan currently applies to operations in Finland and Sweden, with plans to expand globally in the future.
Management of forced labor and compulsory labor risks in Etteplan’s operations
Etteplan maintains a zero-tolerance policy towards human rights violations and fully respects internationally recognized human rights, including ILO conventions. The company strictly prohibits forced or compulsory labor, as outlined in its Code of Conduct, and enforces this commitment through a robust Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) process. This process follows OECD and UN Guiding Principles and includes country-specific human rights risk identification across all Etteplan operating countries. As part of the HRDD process, risks related to forced labor and modern slavery are regularly assessed and integrated into Etteplan’s enterprise risk management system.
Based on these assessments, no operations involving Etteplan’s own workforce have been identified as presenting a significant risk of forced or compulsory labor. Furthermore, Etteplan has not identified any countries or geographic areas where its operations are considered at significant risk of such incidents. While China was flagged as a higher-risk country for certain human rights topics, no actual or potential risks of forced or compulsory labor were found in Etteplan’s own operations. These assessments are reviewed and updated regularly to ensure ongoing compliance and risk mitigation.
Management of child labor risks in Etteplan’s operations
Etteplan enforces a zero-tolerance policy toward human rights violations, including child labor. The company strictly prohibits child labor through its Code of Conduct and ensures compliance via a comprehensive Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) process. This process follows OECD and UN Guiding Principles and includes country-specific human rights risk assessments across all Etteplan operating countries. Based on these regular assessments, no operations involving Etteplan’s own workforce have been identified as presenting a significant risk of child labor. This conclusion is supported by the nature of Etteplan’s business, which focuses on high-productivity engineering and technology services requiring specialized skills and qualifications, making the risk of child labor inherently low. While certain countries were flagged as having elevated human rights concerns, no actual or potential risks of child labor were found in Etteplan’s own operations. These assessments are reviewed regularly and integrated into Etteplan’s enterprise risk management system. Etteplan has also identified no countries or geographic areas where its operations are considered at significant risk of child labor. This finding is based on the company’s Code of Conduct, HRDD process, and country-specific risk mapping, all of which confirm that the nature of Etteplan’s operations minimizes the likelihood of child labor.
Understanding workforce risk factors for specific groups and contexts
Etteplan does not tolerate discrimination, hostility, or abusive behavior on any grounds. All employees are evaluated based on their skills and have equal opportunities for employment and advancement, with a commitment to equal pay for equal work. Where appropriate, proportionate positive action is taken to support underrepresented or disadvantaged groups.Based on the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) conducted in 2025 and Etteplan’s Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) process, the company has developed an understanding of potential risks to employees with particular characteristics, working contexts, or activities. These include young professionals, women in male-dominated fields, persons with disabilities, and employees in high-stress technical roles. HRDD workshops and country-specific risk assessments confirmed that risks primarily relate to equality, psychosocial workload, and unbalanced career opportunities for minorities. This understanding is embedded in Etteplan’s HR management practices and supported by regular performance and development discussions, systematic monitoring of occupational health and well-being, Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) training, and adherence to internal guidelines. These measures aim to prevent discrimination, mitigate psychosocial risks, and promote inclusion across all Etteplan countries.
Material risks and opportunities affecting specific workforce groups
Based on Etteplan’s Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) conducted in 2025 and Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) process, the company has identified material risks and opportunities that relate to specific groups within its workforce. 57
An actual risk is high psychosocial workload, which primarily affects employees in technical roles and those engaged in high-demand projects. A potential risk is ensuring gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value, which relates to gender groups and supports fair treatment across all roles. Material opportunities include access to training and career development, particularly relevant for younger professionals and employees in early career stages, and workforce diversity, which benefits minority groups and underrepresented demographics. These risks and opportunities are not uniform across the workforce but are specific to certain roles, demographics, or working contexts. Etteplan addresses them through targeted measures such as Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) programs, career development initiatives, and systematic monitoring of occupational health and well-being.
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
S1-1 – Policies related to own workforce
OVERVIEW OF WORKFORCE POLICIES AND THEIR IMPLEMENTATION (S1.MDR-P_01-06, S1-1_01–13)
Comprehensive policy framework
Etteplan has established a comprehensive policy framework to manage material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to its own workforce, in line with ESRS S1 requirements. These policies address key material topics identified in our materiality assessment, including working conditions, health and safety (with a focus on psychosocial risk management), equal treatment and opportunities, training and skills development, and workforce diversity.
The global Quality, Environment, Health and Safety (QEHS) Policy provides the foundation for occupational health and safety, complemented by country-specific guidelines and instructions to ensure compliance with local legislation. This includes measures for stress management, workload monitoring, and safe working conditions.
Our Equal Opportunity & Non-Discrimination Policies and Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Policy promote equal opportunities, prevent discrimination, and foster an inclusive workplace culture. Gender equality and pay equity are supported through recruitment guidelines, pay equity analysis, and career development programs. Policies for Learning & Development ensure access to training and career growth opportunities for all employees, emphasizing continuous learning, knowledge sharing, and proactive skill development.
Implementation of these policies is supported through mandatory training programs (such as Code of Conduct), risk assessments, and structured processes including Personal Development & Performance Plans, Etteplan eLearning platform (covering e.g. DEI eLearning), and on-the-job learning opportunities. Governance and oversight are ensured through dedicated structures such as the occupational safety organization and the Happy DEIs Steering Group, which regularly review relevant topics and advances development initiatives. Effectiveness is monitored through audits, HR reviews, engagement surveys, and annual reporting.
By embedding these policies into our operations and culture, we aim to mitigate risks, enhance employee well-being, and create opportunities for continuous development, ensuring alignment with ESRS S1 disclosure requirements. Our policies apply to all employees globally and include specific measures for distinct workforce groups where relevant. For example, our DEI Policy addresses gender equality and pay equity, while also promoting diversity across dimensions such as age and cultural background. Country-specific guidelines complement global policies to ensure compliance with local labor laws and address unique needs of workforce groups. These policies ensure that material topics - such as equal treatment, diversity, and access to training - are managed inclusively across the entire workforce, with targeted actions for groups that may face higher risks or barriers.
Human rights and labor rights commitments
Etteplan is committed to respecting human rights in accordance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and relevant ILO Conventions. These commitments are embedded in our global Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees and sets clear expectations regarding non-discrimination, fair working conditions, freedom of association, and the right to collective bargaining. Country-specific guidelines complement global commitments to comply with local labor laws.
Respect for human rights and labor rights is integrated into our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) and Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) processes. HR-related risks, including those linked to working conditions, equal treatment, and psychosocial well-being, are assessed as part of our overall risk management approach. We maintain open dialogue with employees and provide a confidential whistleblowing channel for reporting concerns without fear of retaliation. Continuous improvement is achieved through monitoring, audits, and engagement surveys. Our approach to remedying human rights impacts includes proactive risk identification, prevention, and corrective actions where impacts occur. Reported cases are managed through defined procedures that ensure timely investigation, fair resolution, and measures to restore affected individuals and prevent recurrence.
Human rights and ethical standards
Etteplan’s policies align with internationally recognized human rights and labor standards. These include, among others, the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, the International Bill of Human Rights, the ILO Declaration, and the UN Guiding Principles. We actively participate in the UN Global Compact, integrating its principles into governance, training, and risk management practices. Our Code of Conduct explicitly prohibits child labor, human trafficking, and all forms of forced or compulsory labor, including slavery. These commitments apply across our operations and are reinforced through our Supplier Code of Conduct, supported by mandatory training and supplier onboarding processes. While the Code of Conduct sets ethical standards for all Etteplan employees and partners, the Supplier Code of Conduct specifically outlines requirements for suppliers and their sub-suppliers, ensuring compliance with human rights, environmental standards, and responsible sourcing practices.
Health, safety, and well-being
Etteplan has a workplace accident prevention management system integrated into our Quality, Environment, Health and Safety (QEHS) policy. Preventive measures include mandatory Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) eLearning, regular risk assessments covering physical and psychosocial hazards, and collaboration with occupational safety organizations. We actively monitor psychosocial workload through surveys and stress management initiatives. Continuous audits ensure hazards are identified and corrective actions implemented.
| Table S1-SBM-3. Summary on impacts, risks, and opportunities related to Etteplan’s own workforce: | Social and human rights matters | Impacts, risks and opportunities related to own workforce |
|---|---|---|
| Working conditions: High psychosocial workload (Actual negative impact and financial risk) | • Actual negative impact & material risk (2025 DMA) | • Primarily affects technical roles • High workload → stress, burnout, reduced well-being • Financial risk from absenteeism • Addressed through QEHS policy, workplace surveys, risk assessments, mental health programs |
| Gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value: Ensuring gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value (Potential negative impacts and financial risk) | • Potential negative impact & financial risk | • Risk identified in DMA relating to gender groups • Equal pay essential for fairness, trust, compliance • Gaps → reputational risk, reduced engagement • Mitigated through continuous monitoring and EU Pay Transparency compliance |
| Training and skills development: Access to training and career development opportunities (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | • Actual positive impact & financial opportunity | • Material opportunity for entire workforce, especially early-career employees • Supports growth, engagement, long-term employability • Delivered via structured training programs, career development discussions, and upskilling initiatives such as Career Model framework |
| Diversity: Workforce diversity (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | • Actual positive impact & financial opportunity | • Enhances innovation, decision-making, resilience • Supports fairness and inclusion • Promoted through DEI programs, equal opportunity policies, targeted recruitment practices |
Etteplan enforces formal policies to eliminate discrimination and harassment, outlined in our Code of Conduct and supported by our Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Policy. These policies prohibit discrimination based on race, religion, gender, age, nationality, sexual orientation, disability, or any other personal characteristic. Our DEI Policy includes specific commitments to inclusion and positive action for vulnerable groups, such as women, persons with disabilities, and employees from diverse cultural backgrounds. Actions include inclusive recruitment, partnerships (e.g., Women in Tech Finland), mentorship programs, accessibility improvements, and training on unconscious bias and inclusive leadership. Implementation is supported through mandatory training, DEI eLearning, and awareness initiatives. Employees can report concerns confidentially via supervisors, HR, or an anonymous whistleblowing tool operated by a third party. Continuous improvement is ensured through feedback mechanisms such as FuturETTE personnel surveys, onboarding and exit interviews, and annual DEI metrics reporting.
59
Table S1-1. Summary on policies to manage material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to Etteplan’s own workforce.
| Social and human rights matters | Policies | Objective | Scope | Implementation & monitoring |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Health and safety: High psychosocial workload (Actual negative impact and financial risk) | Occupational Health & Safety Policies | Safe working conditions, reduce accidents (including psychosocial risks) | All employees globally | Safety audits, mandatory training, risk assessments, incident reporting |
| Gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value: Ensuring gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value (Potential negative impacts and financial risk) | Equal Opportunity & Non- Discrimination Policies | Ensure equal opportunities and pay | All employees globally | Code of Conduct training, fair recruitment, pay equity analysis, DEI programs |
| Training and skills development: Access to training and career development opportunities (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | Learning & Development Policies | Foster continuous learning and skill growth | All employees globally | PDPs via performance reviews, eLearning platform, on-the-job learning, structured programs |
| Diversity: Workforce diversity (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Policies | Foster diversity and prevent discrimination | All employees globally | DEI training, employee- led DEI community, HR integration, engagement surveys |
S1-2 – Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts
HOW WE ENGAGE WITH EMPLOYEES AND WORKER REPRESENTATIVES ON WORKFORCE IMPACTS (S1-2_01–07)
Etteplan engages with its workforce and their representatives through structured processes designed to inform decisions, manage actual and potential impacts, and promote an inclusive workplace. Engagement occurs at multiple levels and stages of decision-making, ensuring that employee perspectives shape policies, actions, and development plans.
How we engage and what we discuss
Employee input is integrated through legislated dialogue meetings held quarterly or as needed, and through various channels such as the annual FuturETTE employee survey, Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Committee meetings, and monthly Happy DEIs sessions. Topics include health and safety, psychosocial workload, diversity, gender equality, and pay transparency. In addition, dialogue on training and career development opportunities as well as competence development is conducted annually as part of an employee’s Personal Development and Performance Plan (PDP) and the related discussions. Engagement methods range from information-sharing to active participation, with frequency varying by channel: dialogue meetings quarterly, OHS committees quarterly or annually, DEI meetings monthly, and CEO Info Live sessions quarterly.
Governance and responsibility
Operational responsibility lies with the Human Resources function, led by the Senior Vice President, Human Resources, supported by the Senior Vice President, Marketing and Communications. The CEO ensures engagement outcomes inform strategic decisions. These processes apply to all employees, regardless of employment type.
Measuring effectiveness and inclusion
Effectiveness is assessed through the global FuturETTE survey (72% response rate in 2025), participation in dialogue meetings and OHS committees, feedback from DEI forums, and progress against action plans. Etteplan also uses an Equity & Inclusion Index to identify inclusivity gaps and implements measures such as accessible eLearning, pay transparency training, DEI-focused Leadership Café sessions, diversity tracking, and an anonymous whistleblowing channel to ensure vulnerable or marginalized groups are heard.
Commitments and standards
Etteplan does not have a Global Framework Agreement but aligns its engagement processes with international standards and commitments, including the UN Global Compact principles and relevant labor rights conventions.
60
S1-3 – Addressing workforce impacts and providing channels to raise concerns
PROCESSES FOR REMEDIATION AND CHANNELS FOR WORKERS TO RAISE CONCERNS (S1-3_01–09)
Etteplan is committed to fostering an inclusive and respectful workplace culture, grounded in psychological safety, mutual trust, and zero tolerance for discrimination. As a participant in the UN Global Compact, Etteplan aligns its human rights approach with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and respects internationally recognized human rights, including those outlined in the International Bill of Human Rights and ILO principles.
Approach to remedying negative impacts
When Etteplan identifies that it has caused or contributed to a material negative impact on its workforce, it provides or contributes to remedy through structured processes defined in its Code of Conduct. Remedies may include corrective actions, dialogue with affected individuals, and other measures appropriate to the impact. Effectiveness is assessed through timely resolution, recurrence monitoring, and feedback from impacted workers. The Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) process supports remediation by identifying risks and integrating findings into continuous improvement.
Channels for raising concerns
Employees can raise concerns through multiple channels:
* Direct dialogue with supervisors or senior leadership.
* Engagement with employee representatives in line with local legislation.
* A secure whistleblowing tool operated by a third-party provider, enabling confidential and anonymous reporting with two-way communication. This channel is accessible in multiple languages and communicated during onboarding, via the intranet, and through mandatory Code of Conduct training. For employees without digital access, concerns can be raised by phone or in person.
Grievance and complaints handling
Etteplan maintains a formal grievance mechanism for employee matters. Reports are assessed case- by-case and escalated based on severity:
* HR-level issues: handled by line management or HR.
* Serious issues: investigated by trained staff.
* Significant issues: directed by senior leadership.
* Crisis issues: overseen by the Audit Committee.
Processes ensure confidentiality, compliance with the EU Whistleblowing Directive, and protection against retaliation.
Ensuring availability and monitoring effectiveness
The whistleblowing tool is accessible via the company website and intranet and reviewed periodically to ensure effectiveness. Reports are categorized by severity and tracked through defined escalation paths. Etteplan monitors all cases, actions taken, and outcomes to identify trends and improve preventive measures. Effectiveness is further ensured through employee feedback and compliance checks, aligning with UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, Principle 31.
Awareness and trust in channels
Etteplan ensures employees are aware of and trust these channels through onboarding, mandatory Code of Conduct eLearning, and intranet resources. Training completion is tracked to confirm awareness. Trust is reinforced by a strict non-retaliation policy, documented in the Code of Conduct and communicated during training. Any retaliation is investigated and subject to disciplinary action. Confidence in channels is monitored through usage data, resolution tracking, and periodic feedback.
61
S1-4 – Taking action on material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to own workforce
ACTIONS, TARGETS, AND EFFECTIVENESS (S1.MDR-A_01-12; S1-4_01–09)
Etteplan manages material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to its workforce through structured action plans, governance processes, and continuous improvement initiatives. These actions address topics identified in the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA): Health & Safety, Gender Equality and Equal Pay, Training & Skills Development, and Workforce Diversity.
Preventing and remedying negative impacts
Etteplan monitors psychosocial workload through surveys, occupational health questionnaires, and PDP discussions, complemented by flexible work arrangements and country-specific measures such as automated time balance reporting and early intervention models. Gender equality is promoted through a global DEI policy, mandatory eLearning, inclusive recruitment guidelines, and pay transparency processes. Remedies for actual impacts include counseling, workload adjustments, and confidential grievance handling in line with the Code of Conduct and EU Whistleblowing Directive.
61
Advancing positive impacts and opportunities
Beyond compliance, Etteplan invests in initiatives such as the Happy DEIs program to foster inclusion and AI-focused learning resources to enhance skills and employability.Opportunities are pursued via AI learning, inclusive recruitment, leadership development, and partnerships like Women in Tech Finland. Tracking effectiveness and governance Effectiveness is monitored through KPIs, engagement surveys like FuturETTE, gender balance metrics, and training completion rates. Workforce-related risks are integrated into HRDD and enterprise risk management frameworks, supported by leadership training, strategy dialogues, and supplier governance. Dedicated HR professionals, ESG governance structures, and leadership programs provide resources for implementation, with activities scheduled through Etteplan’s Annual Clock and overseen by ESG and DEI Steering Groups.
Table S1-4 Actions on workforce impacts, management of related risks and opportunities, and effectiveness
| Social and human rights matters | Actions |
|---|---|
| Health and safety: High psychosocial workload (Actual negative impact and financial risk) | • Workload monitoring (surveys, PDP discussions) • Flexible work arrangements • Support and prevention programs • Occupational health services • Manager training on stress prevention • Annual risk assessment • Planned: integrate psychosocial safety into global OHS targets |
| Gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value: Ensuring gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value (Potential negative impacts and financial risk) | • Inclusive recruitment guide • DEI Policy and eLearning • Pay transparency processes • Equality & Diversity Plan (Finland) • Annual pay gap analysis • Recruitment/promotion reviews • Preparations for EU Pay Transparency Directive |
| Training and skills development: Access to training and career development opportunities (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | • Global eLearning programs • AI learning resources • PDP development goals • Career Model utilization • Competence Compass implementation • Effectiveness tracked via PDP discussions, learning participation rates, and employee feedback |
| Diversity: Workforce diversity (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | • Inclusive recruitment guide • DEI Policy and eLearning • Happy DEIs initiative • Partnerships (Women in Tech Finland) • Effectiveness tracked through DEI metrics, engagement and inclusion scores, and team- level inclusion goals |
Targets and Progress (S1.MDR-T_01-13; S1-5_01–03)
Etteplan has set global targets to manage material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to its workforce, based on the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) finalized in 2025 and aligned with the company’s Sustainability Agenda. These targets address critical topics identified in the DMA:
Our key targets
- Health and safety: Achieve zero workplace accidents globally and embed safety thinking into services. Psychosocial workload will be addressed through a dedicated management program starting in 2026.
- Gender equality and equal pay: Reduce the gender pay gap and increase the proportion of women employed, benchmarked against STEM graduate percentages in operating countries.
- Training and skills development: Ensure 100% completion of annual Personal Development & Performance (PDP) discussions and Code of Conduct training for all employees. 62
- Diversity: Maintain and strengthen the Equity & Inclusion (E&I) Index score in the FuturETTE survey, continuing to exceed the long-term goal of 4 out of 5 by 2026.
Targets apply globally and are reviewed annually. Governance is overseen by the ESG Steering Group, with ultimate accountability at Board level.
Engagement and continuous improvement
Workforce representatives were consulted in setting these targets through OHS committees, equality discussions, and PDP feedback loops. Performance tracking involves local and global input, with progress monitored via surveys, PDP discussions, and regular meetings. Employee feedback has shaped priorities, such as adding psychosocial workload as a key focus and improving accessibility of training programs.
Table S1–5 Targets for managing impacts, risks and opportunitiesrisks and opportunities
| Social and human rights matters | Targets |
|---|---|
| Health and safety: High psychosocial workload (Actual negative impact and financial risk) | Achieve zero workplace accidents, achieve zero workplace harassment and inappropriate cases. Enhance Psychosocial Safety. |
| Gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value: Ensuring gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value (Potential negative impacts and financial risk) | Reduce gender pay gap and increase proportion of women employed, benchmarked against STEM graduate percentages in operating countries. |
| Training and skills development: Access to training and career development opportunities (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | 100% completion of annual Personal Development & Performance (PDP) discussions and Code of Conduct training for all employees. |
| Diversity: Workforce diversity (Actual positive impact and financial opportunity) | Maintain and strengthen Equity & Inclusion (E&I) Index score in FuturETTE survey, continuing to exceed long-term goal of 4 out of 5 by 2026. |
Employee profile and workforce characteristics (S1-6_01-03)
Employee Headcount and Gender Distribution (S1-6_01-03)
The following table provides an overview of Etteplan’s workforce composition for the reporting year, showing the total number of employees and their distribution by gender. It reflects the company’s commitment to transparency and diversity in its operations.
Table S1-6_01 Workforce composition during the reporting period
| Gender | Number of employees (head count) 31.12.2025 | Number of employees (head count) 31.12.2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Male | 2,811 | 2,852 |
| Female | 966 | 949 |
| Other | 0 | 2 |
| Not reported | 0 | 0 |
| Total | 3,777 | 3,803 |
Table S1-6_04-05 Headcount and gender of employees by country
| Country | Female | Male | Other* | Not disclosed | Total | % |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Finland | 343 (350) | 1,439 (1,532) | 0 | 0 | 1,782 (1,882) | 47.18% (49.5%) |
| Sweden | 208 (202) | 477 (504) | 0 (2) | 0 | 685 (708) | 18.14% (18.6%) |
| Germany | 201 (164) | 416 (313) | 0 | 0 | 617 (477) | 16.34% (12.5%) |
| China | 134 (136) | 263 (261) | 0 | 0 | 397 (397) | 10.51% (10.4%) |
| Poland | 59 (66) | 109 (121) | 0 | 0 | 168 (187) | 4.45% (4.9%) |
| Netherlands | 20 (27) | 95 (109) | 0 | 0 | 115 (136) | 3.04% (3.6%) |
| Denmark | 1 (4) | 11 (11) | 0 | 0 | 12 (15) | 0.32% (0.4%) |
| United States | 0 (0) | 1 (1) | 0 (0) | 0 | 1 (1) | 0.03% (0.03%) |
| Total | 966 (949) | 2,811 (2,852) | 0 (2) | 0 | 3,777 (3,803) | 100.00% (100%) |
*Other: Non-binary/don’t want to specify
Employees by Country and Average Headcount (S1-6_04-06)
The table above presents Etteplan employees including the number of employees in countries where Etteplan has 50 or more employees and where these countries represent at least 10 percent of the company’s total workforce. It also includes the average number of employees in these countries for the reporting year. This disclosure provides a clear view of the geographical concentration of our workforce and highlights the key markets where Etteplan operates. For comparability, figures from 2024 are shown in a separate column or in parentheses. 63
Table S1-6_06 2025 Average number of employees
| Country | 2025 Average number of employees | % | 2024 Average number of employees | % |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Finland | 1,833 | 47.65% | 1,915 | 49.62% |
| Sweden | 692 | 17.99% | 728 | 18.86% |
| Germany | 611 | 15.88% | 478 | 12.39% |
| China | 389 | 10.11% | 380 | 9.85% |
| Poland | 180 | 4.68% | 190 | 4.92% |
| Netherlands | 127 | 3.30% | 150 | 3.89% |
| Denmark | 14 | 0.36% | 17 | 0.44% |
| United States | 1 | 0.03% | 1 | 0.03% |
| Total | 3,846 | 100% | 3,859 | 100% |
Employment Structure, Turnover and Contract Types (S1-6_07-12)
The following tables provide an overview of Etteplan’s workforce characteristics for the reporting year. It includes information on employees by contract type and gender, total headcount and full-time equivalent figures, the average number of employees, as well as employee departures and turnover rate. This disclosure offers insight into the stability of our workforce and the dynamics of employee movement during the year. For comparability, figures from 2024 are shown in parentheses.
Table S1-6_07 Contracts and gender of employees
| Headcount December 31, 2025 | Female | Male | Other* | Not disclosed | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number of employees | 966 (949) | 2,811 (2,852) | 0 (2) | 0 | 3,777 (3,803) |
| Number of permanent employees | 873 (855) | 2,587 (2,633) | 0 (2) | 0 | 3,460 (3,490) |
| Number of temporary employees | 93 (94) | 224 (219) | 0 | 0 | 317 (313) |
| Number of non-guaranteed hours employees | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Number of full-time employees | 779 (781) | 2,616 (2,653) | 0 (2) | 0 | 3,395 (3,436) |
| Number of part-time employees | 187 (168) | 195 (199) | 0 | 0 | 382 (367) |
*Other: Non-binary/don’t want to specify
Table S1-6_09 Employees by contract type and country
| Headcount December 31, 2025 | Finland | Sweden | Germany | China | Poland | Netherlands | Denmark | USA | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number of employees | 1,782 (1,882) | 685 (708) | 617 (477) | 397 (397) | 168 (187) | 115 (136) | 12 (15) | 1 (1) | 3,777 (3,803) |
| Number of permanent employees | 1,737 (1,847) | 676 (702) | 608 (465) | 151 (147) | 168 (186) | 107 (129) | 12 (13) | 1 (1) | 3,460 (3,490) |
| Number of temporary employees | 45 (35) | 9 (6) | 9 (12) | 246 (250) | 0 (1) | 8 (7) | 0 (2) | 0 (0) | 317 (313) |
| Number of non-guaranteed hours employees | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Number of full-time employees | 1,643 (1,761) | 654 (673) | 466 (345) | 391 (386) | 156 (176) | 73 (81) | 11 (13) | 1 (1) | 3,395 (3,436) |
| Number of part-time employees | 139 (121) | 31 (35) | 151 (132) | 6 (11) | 12 (11) | 42 (55) | 1 (2) | 0 (0) | 382 (367) |
64
Diversity metrics (S1-9_01-06)
Gender and Age Distribution at Top Management and Workforce Levels (S1-9_01-06)
The following table presents Etteplan’s gender distribution at the top management level, expressed both in absolute numbers and percentages, as well as the age distribution of employees across three categories: under 30 years old, between 30 and 50 years old, and over 50 years old. This disclosure provides insight into the diversity of leadership and the overall age profile of our workforce. The data is based on information stored in the global HR system Sympa.Etteplan’s Global Management Group, referred to as the Management Group, consists of nine members. Of these, six are male (55.6%) and three are female (33.3%). This composition reflects our definition of top management for reporting purposes. Etteplan employed 3,846 people on average in 2025, reflecting a stable workforce compared to the previous year. During the reporting period, 617 employees left Etteplan. This figure includes all departures, whether voluntary, dismissals, retirements, deaths in service, or other reasons. The employee turnover rate for the year was 16.0% (16.5%) calculated by dividing the total number of employees who left (617) by the average headcount of the reporting year (3,846). This percentage covers all contract types and provides a comprehensive view of workforce mobility.
METHODOLOGY AND CONTEXT FOR EMPLOYEE DATA (S1-6_13-17)
Employee data for this report is compiled from Etteplan’s global HR system Sympa, which manages personnel information across all operating countries throughout the employment lifecycle. Sympa includes personal, employment, and organizational data and supports key HR processes such as onboarding, performance development, and competence management. As the master system, it feeds data into other platforms including Active Directory, ERP, and payroll systems. We apply consistent methodologies and definitions across all countries to ensure data reliability and comparability. No estimates are used in compiling employee data; all figures are based on actual records from Sympa.
Employee numbers are reported in headcount, with no full-time equivalent (FTE) conversion applied. Each individual employed under a contract of employment is counted as one, regardless of working hours or employment type. Figures are primarily reported as headcount at the end of the reporting period. When required by specific reporting frameworks or stakeholders, average headcount over the reporting year is also provided. Both methods are based on actual data from our global HR system without the use of estimates.
The predominant form of employment at Etteplan is permanent, typically beginning with a probationary period in accordance with local legislation. Fixed-term contracts are primarily used to cover temporary needs, such as employee leaves, project-based assignments, or seasonal workload peaks. Additionally, fixed-term trainee and internship positions are offered to students and recent graduates across various departments. Employment types may vary by country, reflecting local labor market practices and legal requirements. Etteplan ensures compliance with all applicable national labor laws and collective agreements. This contextual information supports the interpretation of employee data, particularly regarding the use of fixed-term and part-time contracts.
The employee headcount reported under ESRS S1-6 is fully aligned with the number disclosed in Etteplan’s financial statements. Both figures are based on data extracted from the global HR system Sympa, and reflect the number of employees at the end of the reporting period.
S1-14 – Health and safety metrics
HEALTH AND SAFETY COVERAGE AND INCIDENT METRICS (S1-14_01-5)
Etteplan ensures comprehensive health and safety management across its operations, with 100% of the workforce covered by systems based on legal requirements and recognized standards or guidelines. In 2025, there were no fatalities among Etteplan’s own workforce or among other workers operating on Etteplan’s sites. The company recorded five work-related accidents, resulting in a recordable accident rate of 0.86 per million hours worked. These figures reflect Etteplan’s strong commitment to maintaining a safe and healthy work environment for all employees and partners.
Table S1-9 – Diversity metrics 2025
| Number of employees 2025 | Percentage (%) of employees 2025 | Number of employees 2024 | Percentage (%) of employees 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Top management level | 9 | 0.2% | 9 | 0.2% |
| Under 30 years old | 580 | 15% | 613 | 16% |
| Between 30 and 50 years old | 2,191 | 58% | 2,130 | 56% |
| Over 50 years old | 1,006 | 27% | 1,060 | 28% |
| 65 |
S1-16 – Pay gap and total remuneration metrics
GENDER PAY GAP AND ANNUAL TOTAL REMUNERATION (S1-16_01-3)
The following table presents Etteplan’s gender pay gap between its female and male employees and annual total remuneration ratio for the reporting year, along with contextual information necessary to understand the data. These disclosures provide transparency on pay equity and remuneration practices across the organization. Data covers full-time active employees as of December 31, 2025 and is internally collected from Etteplan’s global HR system, Sympa, combined with local payroll data.
Table S1-16_01 Gender pay gap
| Gender | 2025 Gender pay gap | 2024 Gender Pay Gap |
|---|---|---|
| Female | 13% | 14% |
| Male |
Total Gender pay gaps by country are weighted according to headcount. The calculations do not take into account factors such as education, job level, or job demands. The technology sector generally has a lower representation of women in leadership positions, which influences overall pay gap figures. As part of Etteplan’s Sustainability Agenda, one of our key targets is to achieve compensation equality between genders.
Table S1-16_02 Annual total remuneration ratio
| Annual total remuneration | 2025 Annual total remuneration ratio | 2024 Annual total remuneration ratio |
|---|---|---|
| CEO | 11.1 | 11.8 |
| Median for all employees |
The annual total remuneration ratio represents the ratio of the highest-paid individual’s annual total remuneration to the median annual total remuneration of all other employees, excluding the highest-paid individual.
S1-17 - Human rights impacts, incidents, and complaints
INCIDENTS OF DISCRIMINATION, COMPLAINTS, AND SEVERE HUMAN RIGHTS ISSUES (S1-17_01-12)
The following table provides an overview of incidents of discrimination, complaints filed through internal and external channels, and severe human rights issues connected to Etteplan’s own workforce during the reporting period. It also includes information on any related fines, penalties, or compensation for damage. No fines, penalties, or compensation related to incidents, complaints, or severe human rights issues occurred during the reporting period. Etteplan did not identify any severe human rights impacts connected to its workforce, and the total amount of material fines, penalties, and compensation was zero.
| Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Number of incidents of discrimination (S1-17_02) | 0 | 0 |
| Number of complaints filed through channels for people in own workforce to raise concerns (S1-17_03) | 4 | 2 |
| Number of complaints filed to National Contact Points for OECD Multinational Enterprises (S1-17_04) | 0 | 0 |
| Amount of material fines, penalties, and compensation for damages (S1-17_05) | 0 | 0 |
| Number of severe human rights issues and incidents connected to own workforce (S1-17_08) | 0 | 0 |
| Number of severe human rights issues and incidents connected to own workforce that are cases of non-respect of UN Guiding Principles and OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises (S1-17_09) | 0 | 0 |
| 66 |
4. Governance information
ESRS G1 – Business conduct ............................................... 68
Governance .......................................................................................... 68
ESRS 2 GOV-1 – Role o f governance bodies in sustainability oversight ................................................................................................................. 68
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities ................................... 69
ESRS 2 IRO-1 – Processes for identifying and managing material impacts, risks, and opportunities ..................................................... 69
G1-1 – Business conduct policies and corporate culture ........................... 69
G1-3 – Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery ...................... 71
Metrics and targets ............................................................................ 72
G1-4 – Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery ................................. 72
67
Governance information
ESRS G1 – Business conduct
Governance
ESRS 2 GOV-1 – Role o f governance bodies in sustainability oversight
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF GOVERNANCE BODIES (G1.GOV-1_01–02)
Etteplan Oyj’s governance structure consists of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the Board of Directors, the CEO, and the Management Group. These bodies collectively oversee the Company’s business conduct, ensuring ethical, compliant, and responsible operations.
68
Role of Etteplan’s governance bodies:
- Board of Directors: Provides strategic oversight, risk management, and supervision of operational management. It approves and monitors business conduct policies, including ethical standards, anti-corruption measures, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Board also ensures effective internal controls and governance systems.
- Audit Committee: Supports the Board of Directors in maintaining transparency and compliance in financial reporting and accounting practices.
- Nomination and Remuneration Committee: Handles leadership appointments and compensation, and prepares proposals for Board composition, considering business conduct priorities.
- CEO: Manages day-to-day operations in line with Board instructions, ensuring legal compliance and reliable asset management. The CEO participates in Board and Committee work related to business conduct oversight.
- Management Group: Appointed by the CEO and approved by the Board, this group coordinates strategic and operational matters, including sustainability, corporate responsibility, and human resource policies, and implements business conduct practices across the organization.
Expertise of governance bodies
Etteplan’s governance bodies are composed to ensure a broad and complementary range of expertise.# Board members are selected based on competence, educational background, and ability to contribute to strategic priorities, with specific attention to ethical business practices, compliance, sustainability, and responsible management. Both the Board of Directors and the Management Group include individuals with relevant experience in business conduct matters, ensuring these considerations are integrated into decision-making. Diversity in gender, professional background, and industry knowledge further strengthens governance and ethical oversight.
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
ESRS 2 IRO-1 – Processes for identifying and managing material impacts, risks, and opportunities
MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT AND RELATED POLICIES (ESRS 2 IRO-1; G1.MDR-P_01-06)
Etteplan identifies its material impacts, risks and opportunities through a double materiality assessment (DMA), most recently conducted in 2025. Based on the assessment, Etteplan’s strong corporate culture is a material actual positive impact, which also creates related financial opportunities. At the same time, the DMA identifies the risk of corruption and bribery – which may result from insufficient awareness and inadequate internal control procedures – as a material potential negative impact associated with financial risks.
To manage these topics, Etteplan has established a comprehensive Code of Conduct as the central policy framework for ethical business practices and responsible corporate culture. The Code of Conduct applies to all employees and partners and is integrated into onboarding, training, and daily operations of Etteplan.
Key elements of Etteplan’s Code of Conduct
- Ethical behavior: Compliance with laws, fair competition, and responsible decision-making.
- Anti-corruption: A zero-tolerance policy supported by training, internal controls, and reporting mechanisms.
- Corporate culture: Promotion of integrity, transparency, inclusion, and employee wellbeing.
- Whistleblowing: Secure and anonymous channels for reporting misconduct, with protection against retaliation.
The Code of Conduct is approved by Etteplan’s Board of Directors and overseen by the President & CEO, who is responsible for its implementation and effectiveness.
G1-1 – BUSINESS CONDUCT POLICIES AND CORPORATE CULTURE
GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE AND SUSTAINABILITY POLICIES (G1-1_01–2, 08, 10-11, G1.MDR-P_01-06)
Corporate culture and ethical foundations
Etteplan’s corporate culture is built on the principles outlined in its Code of Conduct, which defines 69 Senior Vice President for Human Resources, the Chief Financial Officer, and the HR Director of Finnish operations. These individuals are trained in the system and responsible for follow-up. Additional reporting channels include direct dialogue with supervisors, and escalation to senior leadership, and engagement with employee representatives in line with local legislation. The company enforces a strict non-retaliation policy and regularly reviews its whistleblowing process to ensure effectiveness.
Etteplan has a defined process for handling reports submitted through its whistleblowing channel. All reports are treated confidentially, protecting both the whistleblower and the individual under investigation. Etteplan applies a tiered protocol (levels 1–4) based on the severity of the reported offense, ensuring appropriate handling and escalation. Etteplan enforces a strict non-retaliation policy and regularly trains employees on reporting procedures and ethical standards. The whistleblowing process is reviewed periodically, with oversight from governance bodies to ensure effectiveness and alignment with good governance practices.
expected behaviors and business practices for all employees and partners. It serves as a practical guide for everyday decision-making and reflects the company’s ethical values.
To promote a strong and inclusive culture, Etteplan launched the Happy DEIs initiative in 2022, focusing on diversity, equity, and inclusion. In 2025, this was formalized through a DEI Policy, which applies globally and guides actions to ensure all employees feel valued and empowered.
Corporate culture is further supported through:
- Mandatory eLearning courses, including Code of Conduct training (repeated every two years) and DEI-related modules.
- Supplier Code of Conduct, which extends cultural expectations to the supply chain, emphasizing human rights and fair practices.
- FuturETTE employee engagement survey, conducted regularly to gather feedback and guide improvements. Survey results lead to concrete development actions across the organization.
Etteplan’s leadership actively promotes corporate culture through strategic initiatives, policy development, and regular communication. The President & CEO and management teams play a key role in embedding cultural values into operations and decision-making. Etteplan views culture as a shared responsibility: every employee contributes to the working environment. Continuous improvement is driven by feedback, learning, and collaboration.
Training on business conduct
Etteplan’s training policy on business conduct is based on the Company’s Code of Conduct. The training is mandatory for all employees and forms part of the onboarding process for new hires. In addition, every employee is required to repeat the Code of Conduct eLearning course every two years to ensure continued awareness and alignment with Etteplan’s ethical standards. The Code of Conduct eLearning course covers key topics such as responsible decision-making, anti- bribery, and expectations for those in positions of influence, promoting a strong culture of integrity and compliance across all levels of the organization.
Mechanisms for reporting misconduct
Etteplan has clear mechanisms for identifying, reporting, and investigating concerns about unlawful behavior or violations of its Code of Conduct. A secure and anonymous whistleblowing channel, managed by a third-party provider (Falcony) and compliant with the EU Whistleblower Directive (2019/1937), is accessible for Etteplan’s employees in the intranet ette and for external stakeholders on the company’s website. Reports are handled confidentially by a designated team including the
All business conduct incidents, including those related to corruption and bribery, are investigated promptly, independently, and objectively. Reports are treated confidentially, and corrective actions are taken without delay when misconduct is confirmed. Whistleblowers are protected even if reports are unsubstantiated, reflecting Etteplan’s commitment to ethical governance. These procedures go beyond the legal requirements of the EU Whistleblower Directive and reflect Etteplan’s commitment to ethical business conduct and good governance.
Functions at risk for corruption and bribery
Etteplan’s Code of Conduct includes clear guidelines on preventing corruption and bribery, applicable to all employees and partners. As part of its business conduct risk assessment, Etteplan has reviewed internal functions and processes and, at this time, no specific functions have been identified as being at heightened risk for corruption or bribery. This conclusion is based on the nature of Etteplan’s operations, existing internal controls, and the absence of risk indicators in previous assessments. The Company continues to monitor and evaluate potential risk areas as part of its ongoing compliance and governance efforts. 70
G1-3 – Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS (G1-3_01–08)
Etteplan has a zero-tolerance policy for bribery, corruption, and money laundering, as outlined in its Code of Conduct. To detect and address incidents, Etteplan operates a confidential whistleblowing service accessible to employees, partners, customers, and other stakeholders. Reports are handled in compliance with the EU Whistleblowing Directive (No. 2019/1937) by designated senior personnel.
The company’s Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) system ensures continuous risk identification, assessment, and prioritization. Business continuity risks are evaluated through Business Impact Analysis, and critical risks are managed via documented recovery strategies. Periodic audits and drills validate and improve internal controls, with lessons learned integrated into procedures.
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery policies are communicated through a mandatory Code of Conduct eLearning course, included in onboarding and retaken every two years by all employees, including administrative, management, and supervisory bodies. The Code of Conduct is accessible via Etteplan’s intranet and website. Managers reinforce the Code of Conduct through example, team discussions, and proactive risk management. The training covers legal compliance, fair competition, fraud response, safeguarding data, insider information, and zero tolerance for bribery and corruption, ensuring employees can apply ethical principles in daily work. The training program covers 100% of employees, including all functions-at-risk and members of administrative, management, and supervisory bodies, ensuring consistent understanding of anti- corruption and anti-bribery principles across the organization.
Whistleblowing investigations are conducted by independent investigators, separate from the management chain responsible for prevention and detection of corruption or bribery. If a report involves an investigator, they immediately recuse themselves from the process. Etteplan maintains a structured reporting process for whistleblowing outcomes to administrative, management, and supervisory bodies. Cases are categorized into four tiers by severity: Tier 1 (crisis-level issues, such as business continuity risks or allegations involving senior management) are escalated to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, while less severe cases (e.g., Tier 4) are handled by HR or delegated to management.The Management Group is consistently informed of all whistleblowing matters, ensuring oversight and transparency across all levels.
Table G1.MDR-P_01-06 Policies on business conduct and corporate culture
| ESRS standard | Topic | Sub-topic | Sub-sub-topic | Related policy | Related target |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| G1 | Business conduct | Corporate culture | Code of Conduct | 100% Percent of people trained to Code of Conduct | |
| | | Corruption and Bribery | Prevention and detection including training | Code of Conduct | Zero corruption and bribery cases reported |
71 Metrics and targets G1-4 – Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery
ACTIONS AND EFFECTIVENESS IN GOVERNANCE PRACTICES (G1.MDR-A_01-12, G1-4–03)
Etteplan manages material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to corruption and bribery through a comprehensive governance framework. This includes a zero-tolerance policy, mandatory anti-corruption and bribery training, a whistleblowing mechanism, and integration into the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) system. These measures are embedded in Etteplan’s Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees and partners and explicitly prohibits bribery and corruption. To extend these principles to the supply chain, Etteplan enforces a Supplier Code of Conduct and Supplier Policy. The Supplier Qualification Process ensures suppliers meet ethical standards. Key actions cover business operations, supplier onboarding, employee training, and internal audits across all global locations. Stakeholders include employees, suppliers, customers, partners, and other external parties.
The following table outlines the key actions taken and planned, their expected outcomes, and how they contribute to Etteplan’s anti-corruption objectives:
| Key actions taken and planned | Key Action Description | Expected outcome | Contribution to policy objectives |
|---|---|---|---|
| Code of Conduct enforcement | Applies to all employees and partners | Clear ethical standards | Prevent bribery and corruption |
| Mandatory eLearning course | Retaken every 2 years by all employees | Increased awareness and compliance | Embed anti-corruption culture |
| Supplier Code of Conduct & qualification process | Ethical screening of suppliers | Ethical supply chain | Extend governance to value chain |
| Whistleblowing mechanism | Confidential reporting channel | Early detection of misconduct | Enable remedy and accountability |
| ERM risk assessments | Annual corruption/bribery risk reviews | Risk mitigation | Strengthen internal controls |
| Internal audits | Regular audits with reporting to Audit Committee | Governance oversight | Ensure compliance and transparency |
Time horizons for these actions are clearly defined: Code of Conduct training is repeated every two years, supplier qualification is ongoing, whistleblowing reviews and ERM risk assessments occur annually, and internal audits are conducted quarterly and annually.
| Time horizons | Key action | Time horizon |
|---|---|---|
| Code of Conduct training | Ongoing; retaken every 2 years | |
| Supplier qualification process | Ongoing | |
| Whistleblowing reviews | Annually | |
| ERM risk assessments | Annually | |
| Internal audits | Annually |
Etteplan’s whistleblowing service enables confidential reporting. Where material impacts occur, investigations are led by senior personnel, and corrective actions, disciplinary measures, and process improvements are implemented under governance oversight. Reports are handled in compliance with the EU Whistleblowing Directive (No. 2019/1937). Progress is monitored through training completion rates, whistleblowing case reviews, and audit findings. Internal audits in 2025 identified no major compliance breaches.
Confirmed incidents and legal outcomes
No confirmed incidents requiring remedy were reported during the reporting period. In 2025, Etteplan recorded 0 convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in its operations or value chain. Etteplan incurred EUR 0 in fines for such violations. Etteplan maintains a strict anti-corruption and anti-bribery policy, supported by regular employee training and compliance monitoring. These measures aim to prevent unethical practices and ensure adherence to applicable laws across all operations and the value chain.
Training and prevention
Anti-corruption and bribery training is mandatory for employees and regularly updated. Completion rates are tracked as part of compliance monitoring.
72 Table G1-4-03. Anti-corruption and bribery training
| Information about training | Own workforce: all employees and members of administrative, management, and supervisory bodies. |
|---|---|
| Training coverage | 100% of Etteplan employees, including all functions-at-risk and governing bodies. |
| Total receiving training | All employees and members of administrative, management, and supervisory bodies. |
| Delivery method and duration | Computer-based eLearning course; part of onboarding and retaken every two years. |
| Classroom training | Not applicable. |
| Computer-based training | Mandatory eLearning course delivered via Etteplan’s intranet. |
| Voluntary computer-based training | Not applicable – training is mandatory. |
| Frequency | Required at onboarding and retaken every second year. |
| Topics covered | Legal compliance, fair competition, fraud response, data protection, bribery, gifts. |
| Definition of corruption | Included in Code of Conduct and eLearning; covers abuse of power for private gain. |
| Policy | Zero-tolerance policy outlined in Etteplan’s Code of Conduct. |
| Procedures on suspicion/ detection | Whistleblowing process with tiered protocols and confidential handling. |
73
Consolidated Financial Statements
74
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ......................................... 76
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION ................................................... 77
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS .................................................................. 78
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY .................................................... 79
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................ 80
1. General information .................................................. 80
2. A summary of significant accounting policies ............................................................................. 80
3. Segment reporting .................................................... 88
4. Revenue from contracts with customers ............. 89
5. Other operating income ........................................... 90
6. Non-recurring items .................................................. 90
7. Materials and services ............................................. 91
8. Number of personnel and employee benefits expenses .......................................................... 91
9. Other operating expenses ....................................... 94
10. Audit fees .................................................................. 94
11. Financial income ..................................................... 94
12. Financial expenses ................................................. 94
13. Translation differences recognized in income statement .......................................................... 94
14. Income taxes ............................................................ 95
15. Earnings per share .................................................. 96
16. Business combinations .......................................... 97
17. Goodwill and impairment testing ........................ 99
18. Intangible assets ................................................... 100
19. Tangible assets ..................................................... 101
20. Right-of-use assets .............................................. 101
21. Inventory ................................................................ 102
22. Trade and other receivables ............................. 102
23. Management of financial risks .......................... 102
24. Financial instruments by measurement category ............................................. 106
25. Equity ...................................................................... 107
26. Interest-bearing liabilities .................................. 108
27. Other non-current liabilities .............................. 109
28. Trade and other payables .................................. 109
29. Pledges, mortgages and guarantees ............... 109
30. Related-party transactions ................................ 109
31. Events after the balance sheet date ............... 111
Parent Company’s Financial Statements ........................................ 112
Signature of Financial Statements ............ 124
Auditor’s Report ................................................... 125
Assurance Report on the Sustainability Report ......................................... 129
Independent Auditor’s Report on the ESEF Financial Statements of Etteplan Oyj ..................................................... 132
75
This document is an English translation of the Finnish financial statements. Only the Finnish version of the report is legally binding.
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
EUR 1,000 | Note | 2025 | 2024
:--- | :--- | ---: | ---:
Revenue | 4 | 361,417 | 361,020
Other operating income | 5 | 1,176 | 749
Materials and services | 7 | -45,702 | -50,582
Employee benefits expenses | 8 | -242,466 | -233,129
Other operating expenses | 9 | -37,955 | -41,285
Depreciation and amortization | 18,19,20 | -18,603 | -18,363
Operating profit (EBIT) | | 17,866 | 18,410
Financial income | 11 | 354 | 1,069
Financial expenses | 12 | -4,818 | -5,885
Profit before taxes | 13,402 | 13,402 | 13,594
Income taxes | 14 | -2,830 | -3,198
Profit for the financial year | | 10,573 | 10,396
Other comprehensive income, that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Currency translation differences | | 2,577 | -1,318
Other comprehensive income, that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Change in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income | 24 | -3,414 | -3
Remeasurement of defined benefit plan | 8 | 158 | 60
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax | 14 | -679 | -1,261
Total comprehensive | | |# CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
| EUR 1,000 | Note | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit for the financial year | 9,894 | 9,135 | ||
| EUR 1,000 | Note | 2025 | 2024 | |
| Profit for the financial year attributable to Equity holders of the parent company | 10,573 | 10,396 | ||
| Total comprehensive income attributable to Equity holders of the parent company | 9,894 | 9,135 | ||
| Earnings per share calculated from the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company | ||||
| Basic earnings per share, EUR | 15 | 0.42 | 0.41 | |
| Diluted earnings per share, EUR | 15 | 0.42 | 0.41 |
76
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
| EUR 1,000 | Note | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Assets | |||
| Non-current assets | |||
| Goodwill | 17 | 126,724 | 117,436 |
| Intangible assets | 18 | 28,759 | 29,093 |
| Tangible assets | 19 | 4,066 | 4,482 |
| Right-of-use of assets | 20 | 21,594 | 19,110 |
| Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income | 24 | 6,694 | 9,534 |
| Other non-current receivables | 24 | - | 916 |
| Deferred tax assets | 14 | 1,203 | 263 |
| Total non-current assets | 189,040 | 180,834 | |
| Current assets | |||
| Inventory | 21 | 636 | 658 |
| Contract assets | 4 | 24,961 | 28,406 |
| Trade and other receivables | 22 | 57,347 | 61,180 |
| Current tax assets | 1,619 | 1,432 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 30,366 | 25,241 | |
| Total current assets | 114,929 | 116,917 | |
| Total assets | 303,970 | 297,751 | |
| EUR 1,000 | Note | 2025 | |
| Equity and liabilities | |||
| Equity | |||
| Share capital | 25 | 5,000 | 5,000 |
| Share premium account | 25 | 6,701 | 6,701 |
| Unrestricted equity fund | 25 | 26,073 | 26,073 |
| Own shares | 25 | -1,719 | -1,719 |
| Cumulative translation adjustment | 25 | -5,656 | -8,233 |
| Other reserves | 25 | -3,343 | 70 |
| Retained earnings | 25 | 95,087 | 89,910 |
| Total equity | 122,142 | ||
| Non-current liabilities | |||
| Deferred tax liabilities | 14 | 10,045 | 9,583 |
| Loans from financial institutions | 26 | 40,855 | 49,473 |
| Lease liabilities | 26 | 8,208 | 8,362 |
| Defined benefit pension liability | 8 | 4,623 | 4,905 |
| Other non-current liabilities | 27 | 663 | 176 |
| Total non-current liabilities | 64,393 | ||
| Current liabilities | |||
| Loans from financial institutions | 26 | 39,527 | 27,187 |
| Lease liabilities | 26 | 13,486 | 10,849 |
| Advances received | 4 | 4,702 | 6,660 |
| Trade and other payables | 28 | 58,713 | 60,843 |
| Current income tax liabilities | 1,006 | 1,910 | |
| Current liabilities, total | 117,434 | 107,449 | |
| Total liabilities | 181,827 | 179,948 | |
| Total equity and liabilities | 303,970 | 297,751 |
77
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
| EUR 1,000 | Note | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Operating cash flow | |||
| Cash receipts from customers | 371,946 | 367,806 | |
| Operating expenses paid | -329,776 | -326,651 | |
| Operating cash flow before financial items and taxes | 42,170 | 41,155 | |
| Interests and other payments for financial expenses | 12 | -4,687 | -5,656 |
| Interest received | 11 | 433 | 745 |
| Income taxes paid | 14 | -5,911 | -5,283 |
| Operating cash flow | 32,005 | 30,961 | |
| Investing cash flow | |||
| Purchase of tangible and intangible assets | 18 ,19, 20 | -881 | -2,437 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired | 16 | -12,828 | -12,550 |
| Purchase of investments | 24 | -98 | -7,183 |
| Proceeds from sale of tangible and intangible assets | 83 | 234 | |
| Investing cash flow | -13,725 | -21,935 | |
| Cash flow after investments | 18,280 | 9,026 | |
| EUR 1,000 | Note | 2025 | 2024 |
| Financing cash flow | |||
| Proceeds from loans | 26 | 32,521 | 37,956 |
| Repayments of loans | 26 | -29,322 | -26,978 |
| Payment of lease liabilities | 20 | -10,627 | -10,644 |
| Dividend paid | 25 | -5,555 | -7,530 |
| Financing cash flow | -12,982 | -7,196 | |
| Variation in cash increase (+) / decrease (-) | 5,297 | 1,830 | |
| Assets at the beginning of the financial period | 25,241 | 23,442 | |
| Exchange gains or losses on cash and cash equivalents | -172 | -32 | |
| Assets at the end of the financial period | 30,366 | 25,241 |
78
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
| EUR 1,000 | Share Capital | Share Premium | Unrestricted Equity Fund | Other Reserves | Own Shares | Translation Differences | Retained Earnings | Total Equity |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jan 1, 2025 | 5,000 | 6,701 | 26,073 | 70 | -1,719 | -8,233 | 89,910 | 117,803 |
| Profit for the financial year | - | - | - | - | - | - | 10,573 | 10,573 |
| Change in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income | - | - | - | -3,414 | - | - | - | -3,414 |
| Cumulative translation adjustment | - | - | - | - | - | 2,577 | - | 2,577 |
| Remeasurement of defined benefit plan | - | - | - | - | - | - | 158 | 158 |
| Total comprehensive income for the financial year | - | - | - | -3,414 | - | 2,577 | 10,731 | 9,894 |
| Transactions with owners | ||||||||
| Dividends | - | - | - | - | - | - | -5,555 | -5,555 |
| Acquisition of a subsidiary paid in shares | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Equity Dec 31, 2025 | 5,000 | 6,701 | 26,073 | -3,343 | -1,719 | -5,656 | 95,087 | 122,142 |
| EUR 1,000 | Share Capital | Share Premium | Unrestricted Equity Fund | Other Reserves | Own Shares | Translation Differences | Retained Earnings | Total Equity |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jan 1, 2024 | 5,000 | 6,701 | 23,966 | 73 | -1,719 | -6,915 | 86,984 | 114,091 |
| Profit for the financial year | - | - | - | - | - | - | 10,396 | 10,396 |
| Change in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income | - | - | - | -3 | - | - | - | -3 |
| Cumulative translation adjustment | - | - | - | - | - | -1,318 | - | -1,318 |
| Remeasurement of defined benefit plan | - | - | - | - | - | - | 60 | 60 |
| Total comprehensive income for the financial year | - | - | - | -3 | - | -1,318 | 10,456 | 9,135 |
| Transactions with owners | ||||||||
| Dividends | - | - | - | - | - | - | -7,530 | -7,530 |
| Acquisition of a subsidiary paid in shares | - | - | 2,107 | - | - | - | - | 2,107 |
| Equity Dec 31, 2024 | 5,000 | 6,701 | 26,073 | 70 | -1,719 | -8,233 | 89,910 | 117,803 |
79
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
1. General information
The Parent Company of Etteplan Group is Etteplan Oyj. Etteplan Oyj is a Finnish public limited company Plc established under Finnish law. The Company is domiciled in Espoo, Finland and its registered office is in Tekniikantie 4, 02150 Espoo, Finland. The company’s principal place of business is also located in Tekniikantie 4, 02150 Espoo. Etteplan’s shares are listed on Nasdaq Helsinki Oy’s Nordic Mid Cap market capitalization group in the Industrials sector under the ETTE ticker. Etteplan provides solutions for software and embedded solutions, industrial equipment and plant engineering and technical communication and data solutions to the world’s leading companies in the manufacturing industry. Our services are geared to improve the competitiveness of our customers’ products, services and engineering processes throughout the product life cycle. The results of Etteplan’s innovative engineering can be seen in numerous industrial solutions and everyday products. A copy of the Consolidated Financial Statements can be obtained from the Company’s website www.etteplan.comor from the office of the Group’s Parent Company at the address Askonkatu 9 E, 15100 Lahti, Finland. The Etteplan Oyj Board of Directors approved these Financial Statements for publication at its meeting on March 17, 2026. According to the Finnish Limited Liability Companies Act, the shareholders can approve or reject the Financial Statements at the Annual General Meeting held after the publication. Furthermore, the Annual General Meeting can decide on the modification of the Financial Statements.
2. A summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements are set out in this section. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless stated otherwise.
2.1 Basis for presentation
Basis for preparation
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). They have been prepared in accordance with IAS and IFRS standards and SIC and IFRIC interpretations approved for implementation in EU directive N:o 1606/2002 at December 31, 2025. The notes to the Financial Statements are also prepared in accordance with the Finnish accounting and company regulation, which complements the IFRS requirements. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial assets and financial liabilities, which are recognized at fair value. The preparation of the Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires the management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 2.2. Figures in the Financial Statements are presented in thousands of euros and are therefore rounded.
Consolidation
Subsidiaries are all such entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and can affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group applies the measurement period of the acquisition accounting allowed by IFRS 3, during which the acquisition is treated as preliminary.
80
Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The CEO of the group acts as the chief operational decision-maker. The chief operational decision-maker evaluates the group’s financial performance and makes decisions regarding the group’s financial position. The financial information which the chief operating decision-maker uses as a basis for decision making, does not differ substantially from the information presented in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Statement of Financial Position.
Foreign currency translation
Items included in the Financial Statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”).The functional currency of subsidiaries is the currency of the economic environment in which the subsidiary operates. The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in euro, which is the Group’s presentation currency. Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions, or valuation, where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income as a net investment hedge. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to loans and cash and cash equivalents are presented in the income statement within “Financial income” or “Financial expenses.” All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the income statement within “Other operating expenses.” The results and financial position of all the Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions) and all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and are translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognized in equity.
Changes in accounting policy and disclosures
New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The new standards, amendments and interpretations effective for the financial year beginning January 1, 2025, did not have a significant effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group.
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
The IASB has issued a new standard, IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements, which replaces IAS 1 and introduces changes to the presentation of the income statement, the disclosure requirements for management-defined performance measures (MPMs), and the principles for aggregation and disaggregation. The standard is effective for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Group is currently assessing the impacts of adopting IFRS 18 on its financial reporting. At present, the standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results; however, its application will affect the presentation of the financial statements and the structure of the notes. The assessment will continue during 2026. Other published standards and interpretations that are not yet effective are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.
2.2 Judgements and estimates
Preparing the consolidated financial statements requires management to exercise judgement in applying the accounting policies as well as to make estimates and assumptions about the future. These estimates and assumptions affect the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities at the reporting date and the income and expenses recognised during the financial period. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and related assumptions are based on management’s best knowledge at the reporting date and are reviewed continuously. Changes in estimates are recorded prospectively. The estimates reflect factors relating to the Group’s operating environment and the most probable expectations regarding future developments.
81
Judgements
The following notes present the key areas where Etteplan’s management has applied judgement in the application of accounting policies, and which have a material effect on amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:
- Note 4 – Revenue recognition: over time vs. at a point in time: Applying IFRS 15 requires judgement when assessing whether the criteria for revenue recognition over time are met. Management evaluates the customer’s ability to benefit from the service as it is being provided, the number of performance obligations, the transfer of control, and whether the Group has an enforceable right to payment if the customer terminates the contract.
- Note 17 – Impairment testing, CGU structure and timing: Management determines the cash-generating units and assesses whether indicators of impairment exist, in which case impairment testing is performed more frequently than on the annual schedule. The selection of CGU structure is based on the Group’s operational organisation.
- Note 23 – Factoring arrangements: transfer of risks and rewards: Assessing the transfer of risks and rewards requires judgement when determining whether the risks and benefits of transferred trade receivables have passed to the financier. If risks and rewards are deemed transferred, trade receivables are derecognised.
Assumptions and Estimation Uncertainty
The following notes present information on future-oriented assumptions and estimation uncertainties as at December 31, 2025, which may pose a significant risk of material changes to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the next financial period:
- Note 4 – Stage of completion, cost estimates and contract modifications: Revenue recognition for projects recognised over time is based on the stage of completion, determined by the ratio of actual to estimated total costs. Estimating total costs involves uncertainty, including the assessment of additional work and contract modifications.
- Note 8 – Pension obligations, actuarial assumptions: Calculating pension obligations requires key actuarial assumptions such as discount rates, salary growth and increases in pension benefits. Even small changes in assumptions may materially impact the obligation.
- Note 16 – Contingent consideration liabilities, recognition of the obligation, fair value measurement and profit impact: The amount of additional consideration liabilities is based on estimates of the future performance of the acquired company. The assessment of whether an obligation to pay additional consideration arises from contractual terms involves significant judgement and uncertainty. The estimated liability is reassessed at each reporting date, with changes recognised in profit or loss.
- Note 17 – Impairment testing, cash flows, discount rates and sensitivity analysis: Impairment testing involves significant estimation uncertainty. Management assesses whether there are indicators of impairment, in which case impairment testing is performed more frequently than on an annual basis. Impairment testing of goodwill and CGUs involves estimating future cash flows, discount rates, growth assumptions, profitability trends and investment needs. Small changes in these assumptions may result in significant changes in the recoverable amount.
- Notes 20 and 26 – Leases, lease term, extension options and discount rate: Leases involve significant estimation uncertainty. The present value of lease liabilities is based on estimates of future lease payments, lease terms and the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Management also assesses whether the exercise of extension options is reasonably certain, which affects the determined lease term as well as the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. These estimates involve uncertainty, and changes in management’s assumptions may result in material changes to balance sheet items.
- Note 23 – IFRS 9 expected credit losses, forward-looking information and payment delays: Expected credit losses depend on forward-looking macroeconomic information (e.g. economic growth scenarios), customer payment behaviour and the ageing analysis of trade receivables.
- Note 24 – Fair value of unquoted investments: Unlisted equity investments are measured using discounted cash flow models. The valuation involves uncertainty, particularly with respect to cash flow forecasts and the discount rate.
2.3 Revenue recognition
Etteplan’s revenue streams consist mainly of the following three service areas:
- Engineering Solutions refer to the innovation, engineering and calculations of the technical attributes of machinery or equipment for the purpose of product development and manufacturing. Assignments are typically product development projects for a new product, plant engineering projects or Engineering-to-Order projects, involving the customization of the product in accordance with end customer requirements and the market area’s legislation.
- Software and Embedded Solutions refer to product development services and technology solutions that allow the controlling of machines and equipment and enable their digital connectivity as part of the Internet of Things.
- Technical Communication and Data Solutions refer to the documentation of a product’s technical attributes, such as manuals and service instructions for the users of a product, as well as related content management and distribution in print or digital form.
Revenue includes revenue from contracts with customers adjusted for indirect taxes and discounts. Revenue is recognized following a five-step model, on the basis of which the timing and amount of revenue to be recognized is determined. The model involves identifying the contract with the customer and its performance obligations, determining transaction prices, allocating transaction prices to performance obligations and recognizing revenue.
82Revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of the promised service or product, either over time or at a point in time. The Group recognizes revenue in a way that represents the rendering of the promised services or goods to the customer, and to such an amount that represents the compensation the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods and services. Contracts with customers do not include a significant financial component. Etteplan divides its services into the following categories according to the applied method of revenue recognition:
-
Design and consultancy projects, where either a fixed price or a target price limiting the amount of revenue that can be recognized for the project is set in the agreement with the customer. In this type of projects, revenue is recognized over time based on the percentage of completion method, because the Group’s performance creates an asset that has no alternative use for the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. The percentage of completion is measured as the costs of the project realized as a proportion to the total expected costs of the project, because it is seen as the most accurate way of measuring the transfer of control to the customer. If the agreement includes separately identifiable performance obligations, revenue for each performance obligation is recognized separately. Dealing with separate performance obligations does not involve significant considerations. In the case of contracts whose outcome cannot be assessed reliably, project expenditure is expensed and revenue is recognized to an amount not exceeding the expenditure. The total loss on a contract that will probably result in a loss is expensed immediately. Incentives, additional work and changes related to the project are recognized in the revenue and costs of the project to the extent that can be estimated reliably, or that is agreed upon with the customer. The revenue for additional work and changes are recognized separately when they comprise a separate performance obligation and are priced according to stand-alone transaction prices.
-
Design and consultancy projects, where all costs incurred can be invoiced to the customer without other limitations than the agreed invoicing price. In this type of projects revenue is recognized over time as the service is being performed. The performance obligation in the agreement with the customer is most typically one working hour and it is considered to be fulfilled over time, because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the service.
-
Arrangements, where the customer buys a license to software created by Etteplan and maintenance related to the license. Revenue for the license itself is recognized when the customer obtains access to the license. Revenue for maintenance related to the license is recognized over time as the service is rendered.
Transaction prices are based on customer agreements, where separate prices are set for separate performance obligations. Generally, the pricing of separate performance obligations equals their standalone transaction prices. Changes to customer agreements as well as additional work agreed on, are mainly recognized as separate customer agreements. The Group has enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date, in case the project is terminated, in essentially all of its projects. Costs incurred from work performed and transferred to customer, but not yet invoiced, are activated as contract assets and included in the balance sheet line item Contract assets. Contract assets are transferred to Trade payables upon invoicing, which is generally done on a monthly basis. Invoices are most typically payable within 30 days. Payments received from customers in advance of work being transferred are recorded as contract liabilities in the balance sheet line item “Advance payments.” These amounts are recognized as revenue as the work is being transferred to the customer.
In applying IFRS 15 the Group uses the practical expedient permitted by the standard and does not disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied as at the end of the reporting period or the estimated timing of satisfaction, because the unsatisfied performance obligations are either part of contracts that have an original expected duration of one year or less or the Group has the right to invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with its performance to date. 83
2.4 Government grants
Government grants received as compensation for incurred expenses are recorded in the income statement under other operating income, while the expenses related to the grant are recorded as expenses under other operating expenses.
2.5 Non-recurring items
Non-recurring items are disclosed separately in the Financial Statements when this helps to improve the understanding of the Group’s financial performance. They are material items of income and expense that are shown separately due to the significance of their nature or amount. Non-recurring items can include, among other things, costs and income related to business combinations as well as certain reorganization costs.
2.6 Employee benefits
Pension obligations
Group companies operate various pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into an external entity managing pension insurances. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan. The pension liability for a defined benefit pension plan is determined annually by an independent actuary. Defined benefit plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. Under a defined benefit pension plan, the Group’s obligation includes the actuarial and investment risks related to the plan in addition to the payments made under the plan. The pension expenses related to defined benefits are calculated using the Projected Unit Credit Method. Pension expenses are recognized as expenses by distributing them over the estimated period of service of the personnel concerned. The amount of the pension obligation is the present value of the estimated future pensions payable (Note 8). In Sweden and the Netherlands, the Group has multi-employer defined benefit plans, of which there is not sufficient information available to use benefit accounting. These plans are accounted as defined contribution plans.
Bonus plans
The Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognizes the expense and liability where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.
Share-based incentive plans
Share-based incentive plans are treated as arrangements that are settled partly as shares and partly as cash. The part of a remuneration earned that the participants receive as Etteplan Oyj shares is treated as an arrangement that is fully settled as shares and recorded in shareholders’ equity, the part of a remuneration earned that is paid in cash to pay off taxes and other levies is recorded in liabilities. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the shares is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the shares granted taking into account market performance conditions and non-vesting conditions. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of shares that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions and service conditions. The Group recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment in equity.
2.7 Current and deferred income tax
The taxes in the consolidated income statement include the current tax for the Group companies, corrections to taxes from previous financial periods, and the change in deferred taxes. Current tax is calculated on taxable income according to the tax rate in force in each country concerned. In the case of items entered directly in shareholders’ equity, the tax effect is recognized in equity. Deferred income tax is recognized on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts. The most significant temporary differences arise from the depreciation and amortization of assets and fair value adjustments (customer agreements and non-competition agreements) and the depreciation in excess of plan in subsidiaries. Deferred taxes are determined by using the tax base in force on the balance sheet date or the enacted tax base at the time of tax base transition. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. It is evaluated at the end of each financial period, whether the conditions for recognizing a deferred tax asset are met. 84
2.8 Interest and dividend income
Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method.When a receivable is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying amount to its recoverable amount, being the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate of the instrument, and continues unwinding the discount as interest income. Interest income on impaired receivables is recognized using the original effective interest rate. Dividend income is recognized when the shareholder gains the right to receive payment.
2.9 Goodwill and Impairment testing
Goodwill corresponds to that part of the acquisition cost which exceeds the Group’s share of the fair value, on the date of purchase, for the net asset value of the acquired subsidiary. Goodwill is measured at historical cost less impairment. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is objective evidence of goodwill impairment. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, taking into account the current organization structure and level of reporting.
The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period, whether there are indications of impairment of non-financial assets. Assets that have an indefinite useful life – for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready to use – are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortization, as well as assets with unlimited useful life, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized through profit or loss for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to dispose and value-in-use. Value-in-use is defined as the discounted estimated future net cash flows generated by the asset or cash-generating unit. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. The impairment loss recognized for non-financial assets other than goodwill is reversed, in case there has been a change in the estimates of recoverable amount. The impairment loss is only reversed to the amount of the book value of the asset before impairment. An impairment loss for goodwill is not reversed under any circumstances. The essential assumptions for impairment tests are presented in note 17.
2.10 Intangible assets
Intangible assets consist of intangible rights, development expenses, and customer base and non-competition agreements, which were acquired in business combinations. Intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Other intangible assets are recorded in the balance sheet at historical cost considering accumulated amortizations. Assets with limited useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. The amortization periods of intangible assets are:
| Asset Type | Amortization Period |
|---|---|
| Intangible rights | 3 to 7 years |
| Development expenses | 3 to 5 years |
| Customer base | 10 years |
| Non-competition agreements | 3 years |
The residual value, useful life and amortization method of each asset is examined at the end of each financial year and adjusted, if necessary, to reflect the changes in expectations of the economic benefits to be gained from the asset. Intangible rights mainly include software licenses owned by the Group. Internally created intangible assets include capitalized development expenses related to software products created by the Group. Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:
- it is technically feasible to complete the software so that it will be available for use
- management intends to complete the software and use or sell it
- there is an ability to use or sell the software
- it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits
- adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software are available, and
- the expenditure attributable to the software during its development can be reliably measured.
85
Directly attributable costs, which are capitalized as part of the software product include the software development employee costs and such overhead costs that are directly attributable to the development. Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period. Computer software development costs recognized as assets are amortized over their useful lives. Significant, unfinished intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. Research costs are recognized as an expense as incurred.
2.11 Tangible assets
Tangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment loss. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of a replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they occur. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
| Asset Type | Useful Life |
|---|---|
| Buildings | 50 years |
| Computers | 3 years |
| Vehicles | 4 to 5 years |
| Office furniture | 5 to 10 years |
| Renovation of premises | 5 to 7 years |
Land areas are not depreciated. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (note 2.9). Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized in other operating income or expenses in the income statement.
2.12 Lease agreements
The group’s lease agreements mainly consist of office spaces, vehicles, computers, equipment, and software. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of 3 to 10 years but may have extension options as described below. At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group.
Lease liabilities (note 26) include the net present value of the following lease payments:
- fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable
- variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate
- amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees
- the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option
- payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.
The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment. When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be determined, or the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. The interest expenses related to leases are presented in note 12.
Right-of-use assets (note 20) are measured at cost comprising the following:
- the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability
- any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received
- any initial direct costs
- restoration costs.
86
After the commencement date the right-of-use asset is measured at amortized cost less impairment. It is adjusted with certain remeasurements of the lease liability. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. The right-of-use asset is tested for impairment, when necessary, and the possible impairment is recognized through profit or loss. The Group assesses on a contract-by-contract basis whether the criteria for applying the IFRS 16 practical expedient for low-value assets are met. If the leased asset is considered to be of low value, the Group applies the practical expedient and recognises the lease payments as expenses on a straight-line basis. Low-value assets include IT equipment and office furniture (see Note 9). Extension options are included in several of the Group’s office premises rental agreements. These terms are used to maximize operational flexibility in terms of managing contracts.The Group’s management uses judgment when determining the extent to which the extension options are used. The extension options are used in such a way that the lease term for lease agreements is at least 18 months also for lease agreements with non-cancelable term of under 18 months, unless the lease agreement in question is canceled or a decision for a specific timing of cancelation has been made. For lease agreements in which the original non-cancelable term is 18 months or more, extension options are used up to 18 months, when the remaining non-cancelable term is under 18 months. The management believes this gives the most accurate view of the Group’s total lease liability. If the extension options were used up to 12 months instead of 18 months, the right-of-use assets and lease liability related to premises would decrease by approximately EUR 1.2 million. If the extension options were used up to 24 months the corresponding effect in balance sheet items would be an increase of approximately EUR 1.6 million.
2.13 Inventory
Inventory is measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the FIFO method and includes direct materials, direct labor, and a proportional share of both variable and fixed production overheads, with fixed overheads allocated based on normal operating capacity. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price obtainable in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the costs necessary to complete the sale.
2.14 Financial instruments
Financial instruments and their fair values by measurement category are detailed in note 24.
Recognition
Regular purchases and sales of financial instruments are recognized on the trade-date – the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the instrument. At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial instrument at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial instrument. Transaction costs of financial instruments carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial liabilities are derecognized when the liability has ceased, that is, the obligation specified in the agreement is fulfilled or revoked or its validity has ended.
Classification
The Group classifies its financial instruments in the following subsequent measurement categories:
Categories of financial assets:
* measured at amortized cost
* measured at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI)
* measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL).
The classification of financial assets depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. The classification changes only if the business model changes.
Categories of financial liabilities:
* measured at amortized cost, and
* measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL).
87
Subsequent measurement
Gains and losses for assets and liabilities measured at fair value will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. The Group measures all its equity investments at FVOCI, because the Group’s management has made an irrevocable election to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI. There is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of these investments. Only the dividends from these investments are recognized in profit or loss when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.
Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortized cost, less provision for impairment. Trade receivables are classified as current assets, if collection is expected in one year or less. Otherwise, they are classified as non-current assets. Expected credit losses are estimated as described in note 23.1.4. Trade receivables transferred to a financial institution in factoring arrangements are not included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, because the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred trade receivables.
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks. Items included under cash and cash equivalents have maturities of three months or less from the date of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents are derecognized when the Group’s contractual right to receive cash flows has expired or essentially all of the risks and rewards incident to ownership have been transferred from the Group.
Trade payables and other payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired from suppliers in the ordinary course of business. They are classified as current liabilities unless payment is not due within one year or less after the reporting period.
Loans are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently carried at amortized cost, with any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. See note 23.1.4 for further details.
3. Segment reporting
The group’s business is divided into three service areas: Engineering Solutions, Software and Embedded Solutions, and Technical Communication Solutions. Each service area constitutes its own reportable segment. The revenues of the segments mainly consist of providing services.
Engineering Solutions refer to the innovation, engineering and calculations of the technical attributes of machinery or equipment for the purpose of product development and manufacturing. Assignments are typically product development projects for a new product, plant engineering projects or Engineering-to-Order projects, involving the customization of the product in accordance with end customer requirements and the market area’s legislation.
Software and Embedded Solutions refer to product development services and technology solutions that allow the controlling of machines and equipment and enable their digital connectivity as part of the Internet of Things.
Technical Communication and Data Solutions refer to the documentation of a product’s technical attributes, such as manuals and service instructions for the users of a product, as well as related content management and distribution in print or digital form.
88
| 2025 | EUR 1,000 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engineering Solutions | Software and Embedded Solutions | Technical Communi-cation and Data Solutions | Reportable segments total | Eliminations and other | Total | |
| External revenue | 204,679 | 83,276 | 73,378 | 361,333 | 84 | 361,417 |
| Operating profit (EBITA) | 14,993 | 5,579 | 4,744 | 25,316 | -1,092 | 24,224 |
| Personnel at end of the period | 2,175 | 620 | 824 | 3,619 | 158 | 3,777 |
| 2024 | EUR 1,000 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engineering Solutions | Software and Embedded Solutions | Technical Communi-cation and Data Solutions | Reportable segments total | Eliminations and other | Total | |
| External revenue | 192,796 | 97,356 | 70,492 | 360,645 | 375 | 361,020 |
| Operating profit (EBITA) | 13,421 | 7,866 | 4,296 | 25,582 | -1,209 | 24,373 |
| Personnel at end of the period | 2,114 | 689 | 841 | 3,644 | 159 | 3,803 |
No customer represents 10% or more of the external revenue.
Non-current assets by location of assets
Segments’ non-current assets of are presented by the location of the assets, as the Group’s chief operating decision maker monitors these items at the country level. Financial instruments and deferred tax assets are excluded from segment´s non-current assets.
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Finland | 53,878 | 55,598 |
| Scandinavia | 59,366 | 57,009 |
| China | 2,180 | 2,372 |
| Central Europe | 65,718 | 56,058 |
| Total | 181,142 | 171,037 |
4. Revenue from contracts with customers
Disaggregation of revenue
The table below presents the disaggregation of revenue by geographical area and timing of revenue recognition. The external revenue of each geographical area is presented according to the location of the seller. The Group’s operations in China sell their services both locally and through other Group companies, thus this revenue is partly included in the revenue from other areas.
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Primary geographical location | ||
| Finland | 162,377 | 170,666 |
| Scandinavia | 94,837 | 99,858 |
| Central Europe | 92,886 | 79,502 |
| China | 11,317 | 10,994 |
| Total | 361,417 | 361,020 |
| Timing of revenue recognition | ||
| Transferred at a point in time | 2,360 | 4,248 |
| Transferred over time | 359,056 | 356,772 |
| Total | 361,417 | 361,020 |
89
Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers
The Group recognized the following contract assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers. For details on impairment loss allowance, please see note 23.1.4. Trade receivables are specified in note 22.
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Contract assets | ||
| Contract assets Jan 1 | 28,406 | 30,661 |
| Business combinations | 104 | 194 |
| Additions | 350,295 | 360,402 |
| Invoicing | -350,861 | -363,190 |
| Netting contract assets and advances received | -2,957 | 388 |
| Other changes | -26 | -49 |
| Contract assets Dec 31 | 24,961 | 28,406 |
| Contract liabilities (Advances received) | ||
| Advances received Jan 1 | 6,660 | 5,818 |
| Additions | 74,184 | 76,068 |
| Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability at the beginning of the period | -73,025 | -75,663 |
| Netting contract assets and advances received | -2,957 | 388 |
| Other changes | -159 | 49 |
| Contract liabilities Dec 31 | 4,702 | 6,660 |
5.## Other operating income
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Premeasurement of contingent considerations in business combinations | - | 67 |
| Rental income | 55 | 93 |
| Gain on disposal of tangible assets | 25 | 55 |
| Other operating income | 1,095 | 534 |
| Total | 1,176 | 749 |
6. Non-recurring items
Items that are material either because of their size or their nature, and that are non-recurring are considered as non-recurring items. These items are presented within the line items to which they best relate, and are not deducted from other items in the income statement. The amount of non-recurring items and the line items in which they are included are specified in the table below as additional information. Non-recurring items relate to acquisitions and restructuring.
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Revenue | - | -533 |
| Other operating income | 44 | - |
| Employee benefits expenses and other operating expenses | -2,824 | -2,461 |
| Operating profit (EBIT) | -2,781 | -2,994 |
| Profit for the financial year | -2,781 | -2,994 |
7. Materials and services
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Materials | 10,249 | 11,138 |
| Services from others | 35,453 | 39,445 |
| Total | 45,702 | 50,582 |
8. Number of personnel and employee benefits expenses
Personnel
| 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|
| At year-end | 3,777 | 3,803 |
| Average | 3,846 | 3,859 |
By category
| Design personnel | 3,566 |
| Administrative personnel | 211 |
| Total | 3,777 |
| 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|
| Design personnel | 3,588 | |
| Administrative personnel | 215 | |
| Total | 3,803 |
Specification of employee benefits expenses
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Wages and salaries | 194,214 | 189,076 |
| Pension costs - defined contribution plans | 22,230 | 21,843 |
| Pension costs - defined benefit plans | 402 | 322 |
| Other indirect employee benefits expenses | 25,620 | 21,888 |
| Total | 242,466 | 233,129 |
Compensation of the Board of Directors and top management are disclosed in note 30. Related party transactions.
Defined Employee Benefits
In Sweden and the Netherlands, a part of the pension arrangements are multi-employer defined benefit plans, which are secured through an insurance. The plans pool the assets contributed by various entities that are not under common control. The assets provide benefits to employees of more than one entity. Sufficient information for the calculation of obligations and asset by employer is not available from the insurers. Therefore, these plans are treated in accounting as defined contribution plans. Etteplan’s share of the total premiums paid to the arrangement and the share of employees participating in the arrangements is minor. Total amount paid to the insurer in 2025 was EUR 1,417 thousand (EUR 1,404 thousand) and in the Netherlands EUR 1,074 thousand (EUR 1,233 thousand). The payment level is not expected to change materially in the next financial period compared to the period under review.
Etteplan Germany GmbH has a defined benefit pension plan. The recognition of the plan is based on the principles presented in Note 2.6. The plan is unfunded and has an average maturity of 15 years. Contributions paid during the financial year 2025 amounted to EUR 0.3 million (EUR 0.3 million). Contributions expected to be paid to the plan during the financial year 2026 amount to EUR 0.3 million.
Net defined benefit liability
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Present value of funded obligations | 4,573 | 4,905 |
| Fair value of plan assets | - | - |
| Deficit/surplus | - | - |
| Net liability (+) / net asset (-) | 4,573 | 4,905 |
Change in defined benefit obligation and plan assets
EUR 1,000
2025
Present value of funded obligation Jan 1, 2025 | 4,905
Current service cost | 9
Interest cost or income | 162
Actuarial gains (-) and losses (+) arising from changes in financial assumptions | -193
Experience profits (-) or losses (+) | -33
Contributions from plan participants | -
Benefits paid | -277
Dec 31, 2025 | 4,573
2024
Present value of funded obligation Jan 1, 2024 | 5,069
Current service cost | 14
Interest cost or income | 162
Actuarial gains (-) and losses (+) arising from changes in financial assumptions | -47
Experience profits (-) or losses (+) | -39
Contributions from plan participants | -
Benefits paid | -254
Dec 31, 2024 | 4,905
Significant actuarial assumptions
| Dec 31 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Discount rate, % | 3.8 | 3.4 |
| Salary increases, % | 2.0 | 2.0 |
| Pension increases, % | 2.0 | 2.0 |
The table below presents a sensitivity analysis of the most significant actuarial assumptions. The effect of change in each assumption is calculated expecting the other assumptions to remain unchanged. In reality, the changes in assumptions may correlate with each other.
Sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the most significant assumptions
| Effect on obligation | Change in assumption | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Decrease of discount rate by 0.5 percentage points | increase of 5.19 per cent | increase of 5.53 per cent | |
| Increase of discount rate by 0.5 percentage points | decrease of 4.78 per cent | decrease of 5.07 per cent | |
| Increase in salaries by 0.5 percentage points | N/A | N/A | |
| Increase in benefits by 0.5 percentage points | increase of 3.98 per cent | increase of 4.19 per cent |
Share-based payments
Performance Share Plan 2023–2025
The Board of Directors of Etteplan Oyj decided on April 20, 2023, to establish a new share incentive plan for the Group’s key personnel. The plan ended on December 31, 2025. Approximately 35 people belonged to the plan, including the Management Group of Etteplan. The rewards to be paid on the basis of the plan corresponded to the value of a maximum total of 300,000 Etteplan Oyj shares (including also the portion to be paid in cash). The aim of the share incentive plan was to combine the objectives of the shareholders and the key personnel in order to increase the value of Etteplan, to commit the key personnel to the company, and to offer them a competitive reward plan based on earning the company shares. The plan included one earning period which included the calendar years 2023-2025. The plan was in line with Etteplan’s strategy and supported reaching the company’s financial targets. The earnings criteria were Etteplan Group’s revenue increase and earnings per share development. The earnings criteria were not met and, consequently, no rewards will be paid under the incentive plan.
| Plan | Performance Share Plan 2023-2025 |
|---|---|
| Instrument | Performance Share Plan 2023-2025 |
| Initial amount, pcs* | 150,000 |
| Initial allocation date | 16.5.2023 |
| Estimated vesting date | 30.4.2026 |
| Maximum contractual life, yrs | 3.0 |
| Remaining contractual life, yrs | 0.3 |
| Number of persons at the end of reporting year | 26 |
| Payment method | Equity and cash |
*The amounts are presented in net amount of shares. In addition Etteplan pays the taxes and tax-relates fees related to the potential reward. The cash proportion of the payable reward corresponds to the value of the Shares, in the maximum.
Changes during the period
2025 Performance Share Plan 2023-2025
| 1.1.2025 Outstanding in the period* | 133,800 |
| Changes during period Granted* | - |
| Forfeited* | 16,000 |
| Exercised* | - |
| 31.12.2025 Outstanding in the period* | 117,800 |
Changes during the period
2024 Performance Share Plan 2023-2025
| 1.1.2024 Outstanding in the period* | 140,500 |
| Changes during period Granted* | - |
| Forfeited* | 6,700 |
| Exercised* | - |
| 31.12.2024 Outstanding in the period* | 133,800 |
*The amounts are presented in net amount of shares. In addition Etteplan pays the taxes and tax-relates fees related to the potential reward. The cash proportion of the payable reward corresponds to the value of the Shares, in the maximum.
The performance share plan for key personnel for 2023–2025 has had no impact on the result or the financial position for the years 2023–2025.
9. Other operating expenses
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Software and telecommunication expenses | 12,822 | 13,031 |
| Travel expenses | 6,400 | 6,470 |
| Premises expenses | 3,098 | 3,412 |
| Leases, equipment and software, short-term & low value | 2,127 | 2,018 |
| Other personnel expenses | 4,737 | 6,555 |
| Change in credit loss allowance | 101 | 132 |
| Loss on disposals of fixed assets | 25 | 127 |
| Insurances | 708 | 611 |
| Costs related to acquisitions | 203 | 223 |
| Legal services | 274 | 489 |
| Other expenses | 7,461 | 8,216 |
| Total | 37,955 | 41,285 |
10. Audit fees
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Auditing, KPMG-network | 178 | 156 |
| Auditor's statements based on laws and regulations, KPMG Oy Ab | 89 | 17 |
| Other services (tax services), KPMG Oy Ab | 44 | 78 |
| Other services (other services), KPMG-network | - | 19 |
| Auditing, other auditors | 131 | 122 |
| Other expert services, other auditors | 41 | 93 |
| Total | 483 | 485 |
11. Financial income
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Dividend income from investments | 11 | 10 |
| Interest income from investments | -82 | 36 |
| Interest income from loans and other receivables | 422 | 737 |
| Foreign exchange gain | 3 | 286 |
| Total | 354 | 1,069 |
12. Financial expenses
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Interest on borrowings | 3,832 | 4,895 |
| Interest expenses on defined benefit plans | 55 | 162 |
| Interest on business combinations | - | 33 |
| Leasing interest expenses | 595 | 402 |
| Other foreign exchange loss | 43 | 267 |
| Other financial expenses | 294 | 126 |
| Total | 4,818 | 5,885 |
13. Translation differences recognized in income statement
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Foreign exchange gain included in financial income | 3 | 286 |
| Foreign exchange loss included in financial expenses | -43 | -267 |
| Total | -40 | 18 |
14. Income taxes
Direct taxes
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Income tax on operations | -4,304 | -4,206 |
| Taxes for prior years | -84 | -339 |
| Change in deferred taxes | 1,559 | 1,346 |
| Total | -2,830 | -3,198 |
Tax rate reconciliation
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Profit before taxes | 13,402 | 13,594 |
| Tax calculated at parent´s tax rate of 20 % | -2,680 | -2,719 |
| Effect of different tax rates in foreign subsidiaries | -114 | 345 |
| Non-deductible expenses | -67 | -70 |
| Income not subject to tax | 347 | 370 |
| Taxes for prior years | -84 | -339 |
| Unrecognized tax on loss for the period | -230 | -785 |
| Income taxes | -2,830 | -3,198 |
Tax charge (-) / credit (+) relating to components of other comprehensive income
| 2025 | 2024 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Before tax | Tax charge / credit | After tax | Before tax | |
| Change in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income | -4,275 | 861 | -3,414 | -2 |
| Currency translation differences | 2,577 | - | 2,577 | |
| Deferred tax on remeasurement of defined benefit | 226 | -68 | 158 | |
| Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax | -1,472 | 794 | -679 |
Currency translationdifferences -1,318 - -1,318 Deferred tax on remeasurement of defined benefit 86 -26 60 Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax -1,234 -27 -1,261
Deferred taxes
| 2025 EUR 1,000 | Dec 31 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jan 1 | Translation difference | In income statement | In equity | Acquisitions | Confirmed loss | |
| Deferred tax assets | 263 | 15 | 63 | 863 | - | 1,203 |
| Confirmed loss | 107 | - | - | - | - | 107 |
| Leases | ||||||
| Lease liabilities | 4,243 | 0 | 477 | - | - | 4,720 |
| Right-of-use assets | -4,223 | - | -477 | - | - | -4,700 |
| Leases total | 20 | 0 | -1 | - | - | 20 |
| Share-based incentive plan | 0 | - | - | - | - | 0 |
| Other timing differences | 135 | 15 | 63 | 863 | - | 1,076 |
| Total | 263 | 15 | 63 | 863 | - | 1,203 |
| 2024 EUR 1,000 | Dec 31 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jan 1 | Translation difference | In income statement | In equity | Acquisitions | Confirmed loss | |
| Deferred tax assets | 250 | 1 | 11 | - | - | 263 |
| Confirmed loss | 107 | - | - | - | - | 107 |
| Leases | ||||||
| Lease liabilities | 4,488 | 0 | -244 | - | - | 4,243 |
| Right-of-use assets | -4,471 | - | 248 | - | - | -4,223 |
| Leases total | 17 | 0 | 4 | - | - | 20 |
| Share-based incentive plan | 0 | - | - | - | - | 0 |
| Other timing differences | 126 | 1 | 8 | - | - | 135 |
| Total | 250 | 1 | 11 | - | - | 263 |
| 2025 EUR 1,000 | Dec 31 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jan 1 | Translation difference | In income statement | In equity | Acquisitions | Deferred tax liabilities | |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 9,583 | 164 | -1,496 | 69 | 1,726 | 10,045 |
| Discretionary provisions | 2,003 | 116 | -17 | - | - | 2,101 |
| Allocation of fair value on acquisitions | 6,441 | 48 | -1,497 | - | 1,726 | 6,717 |
| Other timing differences | 1,139 | - | 19 | 69 | - | 1,228 |
| Total | 9,583 | 164 | -1,496 | 69 | 1,726 | 10,045 |
| 2024 EUR 1,000 | Dec 31 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jan 1 | Translation difference | In income statement | In equity | Acquisitions | Deferred tax liabilities | |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 9,550 | -78 | -1,331 | 27 | 1,415 | 9,583 |
| Discretionary provisions | 1,926 | -61 | 103 | - | -35 | 2,003 |
| Allocation of fair value on acquisitions | 6,438 | -18 | -1,360 | - | 1,380 | 6,441 |
| Other timing differences | 1,186 | - | -74 | 27 | - | 1,139 |
| Total | 9,550 | -78 | -1,331 | 27 | 1,415 | 9,583 |
At the end of the financial year the Group had gross losses carried forward of EUR 7,868 thousand (EUR 7,306 thousand) of which a deferred tax asset has not been recognized. These losses are usable to offset future taxable gains a minimum of five years.
15. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the parent company by the weighted average number of externally owned shares during the financial year. The shares to be paid out as rewards of the share-based incentive plan will be transferred from the shares held by the Company or shares acquired from the market, and therefore the incentive plan will have no diluting effect on the share value.
| 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|
| Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company (EUR 1,000) | 10,573 | 10,396 |
| Issue-adjusted weighted average number of shares (1,000 pcs) Jan 1 | 25,250 | 25,090 |
| Effect of shares issued | - | 122 |
| Issue-adjusted weighted average number of shares (1,000 pcs) Dec 31 | 25,250 | 25,213 |
| Basic earnings per share (EUR/share) | 0.42 | 0.41 |
| Diluted earnings per share (EUR/share) | 0.42 | 0.41 |
96
16. Business combinations
Acquisitions in 2025
Novacon Powertrain GmbH (100%)
Etteplan strengthened its position in Central Europe by acquiring Novacon Powertrain GmbH on January 14, 2025. Novacon Powertrain is a product engineering services company focused on electrification in the automotive industry and the development of engine technology. The acquisition brings Etteplan a new product development unit with strong expertise in the electrification of motoring and rail traffic as well as in the development of advanced powertrains. Novacon Powertrain has grown strongly by providing advanced technology to meet the changing needs of leading car manufacturers in a rapidly evolving industry. The turnover of the company, which employs about 180 professionals, was approximately EUR 18 million in 2023. The goodwill of EUR 6,670 thousand arising from the acquisition is attributable to the technical know-how of the acquiree’s personnel, and the expected synergies arising from the acquisition. Costs related to the acquisition, EUR 182 thousand, are included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Eltech Automation i Lund AB (100%))
Etteplan strengthened its position in Sweden by acquiring Eltech Automation i Lund AB on August 26, 2025. Eltech Automation provides comprehensive industrial automation solutions. With this acquisition, Etteplan expands its service offering in Sweden to include production solutions and strengthens its foothold particularly in Southern Sweden. From Southern Sweden, production solutions can also be more effectively offered to the Danish market. Eltech Automation’s customer base is focused on the food and packaging industries as well as machinery manufacturers. Founded in 1997, Eltech Automation provides industrial automation and robotics services. The company offers strong expertise in robotics, machine vision, automation, mechanical and electrical design, and industrial IT. The company employs 21 professionals and had a revenue of approximately EUR 2.5 million in 2024. Costs related to the acquisition, EUR 21 thousand, are included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The provisional goodwill of EUR 859 thousand arising from the acquisition is attributable to the technical know-how of the acquiree’s personnel, and the expected synergies arising from the acquisition.
Acquisitions in total
The following table summarizes the values of acquisition considerations, assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the acquisitions in total.
| Consideration transferred: EUR 1,000 | |
|---|---|
| Cash payment | 14,535 |
| Contingent consideration | 472 |
| Total consideration transferred | 15,006 |
| Assets and liabilities | |
| Tangible assets | 517 |
| Intangible assets | 15 |
| Customer base (intangible assets) | 5,712 |
| Non-competition agreements (intangible assets) | 269 |
| Trade and other receivables | 3,790 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 2,204 |
| Total assets | 12,507 |
| Other long term liabilities | 259 |
| Current liabilities | 3,047 |
| Deferred tax liability | 1,725 |
| Total liabilities | 5,030 |
| Total identifiable net assets | 7,477 |
| Formation of Goodwill: | |
| Consideration transferred | 15,006 |
| Total identifiable net assets | -7,477 |
| Goodwill | 7,529 |
The revenue included in the income statement contributed by the acquired companies was EUR 16,962 thousand and profit for the financial year was EUR 1,183 thousand. Had all the companies been consolidated from January 1, 2025, the income statement would show revenue of EUR 362,003 thousand and profit for the financial year of EUR 10,454 thousand.
97
Acquisitions in 2024
STRONGIT ApS (100%)
Etteplan, strengthened its market position in Denmark by acquiring STRONGIT ApS on January 8, 2024, which focuses on product development solutions. STRONGIT employs a team of 13 highly qualified engineering professionals and a vast network of about 70 freelancers working across Copenhagen, Århus and Gråsten. In 2023, STRONGIT’s revenue was approximately 13 million euros. The provisional goodwill of EUR 7,517 thousand arising from the acquisition is attributable to the technical know-how of the acquiree’s personnel, and the expected synergies arising from the acquisition. Costs related to the acquisition, EUR 105 thousand, are included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
AFFRA AB (100%)
Etteplan reinforced its position in Sweden by acquiring Gothenburg based AFFRA AB on May 27, 2024, which is a consulting company specializing in software testing and in particular Hardware in the Loop (HIL) testing for the automotive and transport industry. HIL testing ensures that quality assurance during software and hardware development is implemented efficiently and safely. With immediate effect all 23 AFFRA employees with competencies in testing, software development and embedded solutions transferred to Etteplan. The goodwill of EUR 758 thousand arising from the acquisition is attributable to the technical know-how of the acquiree’s personnel, and the expected synergies arising from the acquisition. Costs related to the acquisition, EUR 9 thousand, are included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Acquisitions in total
The following table summarizes the values of acquisition considerations, assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the acquisitions in total.
| Consideration transferred: EUR 1,000 | |
|---|---|
| Cash payment | 13,518 |
| Directed share issue | 2,107 |
| Total consideration transferred | 15,625 |
| Assets and liabilities | |
| Tangible assets | 37 |
| Customer base (intangible assets) | 5,995 |
| Non-competition agreements (intangible assets) | 320 |
| Trade and other receivables | 3,465 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,216 |
| Total assets | 11,032 |
| Other long term liabilities | 16 |
| Current liabilities | 2,248 |
| Deferred tax liability | 1,417 |
| Total liabilities | 3,681 |
| Total identifiable net assets | 7,351 |
| Formation of Goodwill: | |
| Consideration transferred | 15,625 |
| Total identifiable net assets | -7,351 |
| Goodwill | 8,274 |
The revenue included in the income statement contributed by the acquired companies was EUR 3,396 thousand and profit for the financial year was EUR 457 thousand. Had all the companies been consolidated from January 1, 2024, the income statement would show revenue of EUR 361,931 thousand and profit for the financial year of EUR 10,529 thousand.
98
17. Goodwill and impairment testing
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 117,436 | 109,737 |
| Translation difference | 1,752 | -867 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 16) | 7,536 | 8,565 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 126,724 | 117,436 |
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) for determination of impairment. In impairment testing, the recoverable amount is defined as value-in-use. Value-in-use is defined as the discounted estimated future net cash flows generated by the asset or cash-generating unit. The Group’s management has defined the CGUs to be the three service areas in which the Group’s operations are organized. The impairment test is done in the fourth quarter after budgets for the next year were done and it is based on goodwill as per September 30, but will be updated as necessary to reflect the situation as of December 31st. Cash flows after tax are based on budget figures for year one and financials approved by management for the next five-year period.The management makes estimations on the market demand and market environment, which are checked against external information sources. When defining the cash flow, attention is paid to anticipated price and margin development as well as costs, net working capital and investment needs. The management determines these based on past performance and expectations for market development. The discount rate used to discount the estimated net cash flows has been determined based on the post-tax weighted average cost of capital (WACC), which reflects the overall cost of equity and liabilities. The discount rate is based on the 30-year government bond rate of the country in which the CGU subject to impairment testing primarily operates. The bond rates have been adjusted to reflect general market risk as well as the business-specific risk of each CGU. The recoverable amount is compared with the book value of the cash-generating unit. An impairment loss is booked as cost in the income statement, if the recoverable amount is lower than the book value. No impairment loss has been booked during the financial year or the comparison year.
99 Goodwill
| Sep 30 | MEUR | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Engineering Solutions | 64.6 | 56.7 | |
| Software and Embedded Solutions | 45.9 | 45.8 | |
| Technical Communication and Data Solutions | 15.4 | 15.3 | |
| Total | 125.9 | 117.8 |
Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations
| Aggregate growth percentage year 2-5 | 1.0% | 1.0% |
| Growth rate after 5 years | 2.0% | 2.0% |
| Discount rate before tax | ||
| Engineering Solutions | 9.8% | 11.0% |
| Software and Embedded Solutions | 10.3% | 12.0% |
| Technical Communication and Data Solutions | 9.6% | 11.2% |
| Discount rate after tax | ||
| Engineering Solutions | 8.0% | 9.1% |
| Software and Embedded Solutions | 8.5% | 9.8% |
| Technical Communication and Data Solutions | 7.9% | 9.0% |
The recoverable amount exceeds the book value as follows (MEUR):
| 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|
| Engineering Solutions | 123.1 | 145.9 |
| Software and Embedded Solutions | 29.2 | 55.5 |
| Technical Communication and Data Solutions | 58.6 | 49.6 |
| Total | 210.9 | 250.9 |
Sensitivity analysis
In connection with impairment testing, sensitivity analyses were performed using the following variables:
- Zero growth in net sales
- Decrease of profitability (EBIT) by 4 percentage points
- Increase of discount rate by 4 percentage points.
The realization of the variables used in the sensitivity analysis would not result in impairment losses in the cash-generating units.
18. Intangible assets
| 2025 | EUR 1,000 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Intangible rights | Development expenses | Customer base and non-competition agreements* | Advance payments | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 14,002 | 3,074 | 65,096 | 0 | 82,171 |
| Translation difference | -107 | - | -483 | - | -376 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries | 15 | - | 5,987 | - | 6,002 |
| Additions | 23 | - | 0 | 4 | 27 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 13,932 | 3,074 | 71,566 | 4 | 88,575 |
| Cumulative amortization Jan 1 | -13,042 | -2,997 | -37,039 | - | -53,078 |
| Translation difference | 108 | - | -252 | - | -145 |
| Amortization for the financial year | -199 | -36 | -6,358 | - | -6,593 |
| Cumulative amortization Dec 31 | -13,133 | -3,033 | -43,650 | - | -59,816 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 799 | 40 | 27,916 | 4 | 28,759 |
| 2024 | EUR 1,000 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Intangible rights | Development expenses | Customer base and non-competition agreements* | Advance payments | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 13,951 | 3,116 | 58,953 | 266 | 76,285 |
| Translation difference | 46 | - | -179 | - | -133 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries | - | - | 6,322 | - | 6,322 |
| Additions | 27 | - | - | - | 27 |
| Disposals | -34 | -4 | - | - | -38 |
| Reclassifications | 11 | -39 | - | -266 | -293 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 14,002 | 3,074 | 65,096 | 0 | 82,171 |
| Cumulative amortization Jan 1 | -12,603 | -2,954 | -31,165 | - | -46,721 |
| Translation difference | -46 | - | 89 | - | 43 |
| Amortization for the financial year | -394 | -43 | -5,963 | - | -6,400 |
| Cumulative amortization Dec 31 | -13,042 | -2,997 | -37,039 | - | -53,078 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 959 | 77 | 28,057 | 0 | 29,093 |
*Intangible assets acquired in business combinations EUR 27,916 thousand (EUR 28,057 thousand) consist of acquired customer bases of EUR 27,569 thousand (EUR 27,727 thousand) and non-competition agreements of EUR 348 thousand (EUR 330 thousand).
100
19. Tangible assets
| 2025 | EUR 1,000 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Land and water | Machinery and equipment | Other tangible assets | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 19 | 19,077 | 3,814 | 22,910 |
| Translation difference | - | 5 | -4 | 2 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries | - | 35 | - | 35 |
| Additions | - | 686 | 169 | 855 |
| Disposals | - | -60 | -22 | -82 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 19 | 19,743 | 3,957 | 23,719 |
| Cumulative depreciation Jan 1 | - | -16,636 | -1,792 | -18,428 |
| Translation difference | - | 31 | 3 | 35 |
| Depreciation for the financial year | - | -942 | -318 | -1,260 |
| Cumulative depreciation Dec 31 | - | -17,547 | -2,107 | -19,653 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 19 | 2,196 | 1,850 | 4,066 |
| 2024 | EUR 1,000 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Land and water | Machinery and equipment | Other tangible assets | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 19 | 18,484 | 1,974 | 20,478 |
| Translation difference | - | -3 | 1 | -2 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries | - | - | 1 | 1 |
| Additions | - | 791 | 1,598 | 2,389 |
| Disposals | - | -267 | -1 | -268 |
| Reclassifications | - | 72 | 240 | 312 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 19 | 19,077 | 3,814 | 22,910 |
| Cumulative depreciation Jan 1 | - | -15,471 | -1,604 | -17,075 |
| Translation difference | - | -17 | -2 | -18 |
| Depreciation for the financial year | - | -1,148 | -186 | -1,334 |
| Cumulative depreciation Dec 31 | - | -16,636 | -1,792 | -18,428 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 19 | 2,441 | 2,022 | 4,482 |
20. Right-of-use assets
| 2025 | EUR 1,000 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Leased software | Machinery and equipment | Premises | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 8,608 | 33,233 | 56,442 | 98,282 |
| Translation difference | 26 | 225 | - | 251 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries | - | 306 | 374 | 680 |
| Additions | 201 | 3,033 | 10,328 | 13,562 |
| Disposals | - | -135 | -915 | -1,050 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 8,835 | 36,661 | 66,230 | 111,726 |
| Cumulative depreciation Jan 1 | -8,078 | -27,907 | -43,188 | -79,172 |
| Translation difference | -24 | -186 | - | -211 |
| Depreciation for the financial year | -421 | -3,590 | -6,738 | -10,750 |
| Cumulative depreciation Dec 31 | -8,523 | -31,683 | -49,926 | -90,132 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 311 | 4,979 | 16,304 | 21,594 |
| 2024 | EUR 1,000 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Leased software | Machinery and equipment | Premises | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 8,229 | 29,807 | 51,925 | 89,961 |
| Translation difference | -14 | -108 | - | -122 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries | - | 150 | 184 | 334 |
| Additions | 392 | 3,834 | 7,350 | 11,576 |
| Disposals | - | -450 | -3,017 | -3,467 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 8,608 | 33,233 | 56,442 | 98,282 |
| Cumulative depreciation Jan 1 | -7,544 | -24,337 | -36,759 | -68,639 |
| Translation difference | 13 | 83 | - | 96 |
| Depreciation for the financial year | -547 | -3,653 | -6,429 | -10,629 |
| Cumulative depreciation Dec 31 | -8,078 | -27,907 | -43,188 | -79,172 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 530 | 5,326 | 13,254 | 19,110 |
The total cash outflow for leases in financial year 2025 was EUR 13,725 thousand (EUR 12,958 thousand).
101
21. Inventory
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Inventory at the beginning of the financial year | 658 | 806 |
| Additions/Deductions | -22 | -148 |
| Total | 636 | 658 |
22. Trade and other receivables
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Trade receivables | 50,846 | 54,818 |
| Credit loss allowance | -81 | -195 |
| Other receivables | 381 | 355 |
| Prepayments and accrued income | 6,201 | 6,202 |
| Total | 57,347 | 61,180 |
Main items included in prepayments and accrued income
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Interest receivables | - | 82 |
| Accruals of employee benefits expenses | 236 | 310 |
| Prepaid rents | 633 | 733 |
| Other prepayments and accrued income on expenses | 5,332 | 5,078 |
| Total | 6,201 | 6,202 |
Analysis of receivables by currency
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| EUR | 41,218 | 42,011 |
| SEK | 11,028 | 12,005 |
| CNY | 2,263 | 2,108 |
| PLN | 437 | 358 |
| DKK | 2,087 | 3,434 |
| Other currencies | 313 | 1,263 |
| Total | 57,347 | 61,180 |
23. Management of financial risks
This note explains the Group’s exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect the Group’s future financial performance.
23.1 Financial risk factors
In its business operations, the Group is exposed to several types of financial risks: foreign currency, interest, financing and liquidity, counterparty and credit risks. The objective of financial risk management is to protect the Group from unfavorable changes in the financial market and thus contribute as much as possible to guaranteeing the Group’s profitability and equity, and to guarantee sufficient liquidity in a cost-efficient manner. Management of financial risks has been centralized with the Group’s financial department, which is responsible for identification and evaluation of, and protection against, the Group’s financial risks. Furthermore, the financial department is responsible, in a centralized fashion, for funding of the Group, and it provides the management with information about the financial situation of the Group and the business units.
23.1.1 Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk related to different currencies comes about as a result of foreign currency-denominated commercial transactions and from translation of foreign-currency-denominated balance sheet items into the reporting currency.
Transaction risk
The majority of the Group’s business operations are handled in the currency of the project country of the respective Group company. This means that both sales and costs are in the same currency.
Translation risk
The Group is exposed to a translation risk caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, when it translates balance sheet items of subsidiaries based outside the euro area into its reporting currency. The main risk is with goodwill booked in Swedish Krona (SEK). The goodwill booked in SEK at the end of the financial year was EUR 33,992 thousand (2023: EUR 31,265 thousand). A sensitivity analysis of the effect of reasonable potential changes in exchange rates on the Group’s profit for the financial year, equity and goodwill at balance sheet date is presented in the table below. In the analysis, the change in exchange rates has been estimated to be +/-10 percent from reporting date, and other factors are estimated to remain unchanged.## 23. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
23.1 Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets. Consistent with other companies in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the net gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by equity. Net debt is calculated as total gross interest-bearing debt less cash and cash equivalents. To ensure sufficient flexibility, the goal is to keep the net gearing ratio within 30-100 percent. The following table sets out the Group’s net gearing ratio:
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Gross interest-bearing debt | 102,011 | 95,872 |
| Less: Cash and cash equivalents | -30,366 | -25,241 |
| Net debt | 71,645 | 70,631 |
| Total equity | 122,142 | 117,803 |
| Net gearing ratio | 58.7% | 60.0% |
23.1.1 Foreign exchange risk
The Group is primarily exposed to foreign exchange risk on transactions denominated in EUR, SEK, PLN and CNY. The Group’s main operating currency is EUR. The Group’s foreign exchange risk management policy is to hedge significant foreign currency exposures arising from operational activities and financing by using forward contracts. The Group does not hedge translation exposure arising from the consolidation of foreign subsidiaries.
| Currency | Contract | Effect on profit for the financial year EUR 1,000 | Effect on other equity items EUR 1,000 | Effect on goodwill EUR 1,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | ||||
| EUR/SEK 10% increase | -102 | -855 | -3,090 | |
| EUR/SEK 10% decrease | 125 | 1,044 | 3,777 | |
| EUR/PLN 10% increase | -63 | -865 | -411 | |
| EUR/PLN 10% decrease | 77 | 1,057 | 502 | |
| EUR/CNY 10% increase | -111 | -490 | -162 | |
| EUR/CNY 10% decrease | 136 | 599 | 198 | |
| EUR/DKK 10% increase | -72 | -552 | -965 | |
| EUR/DKK 10% decrease | 88 | 675 | 1,180 | |
| 2024 | ||||
| EUR/SEK 10% increase | -296 | -783 | -2,842 | |
| EUR/SEK 10% decrease | 362 | 957 | 3,474 | |
| EUR/PLN 10% increase | -182 | -792 | -406 | |
| EUR/PLN 10% decrease | 222 | 967 | 496 | |
| EUR/CNY 10% increase | -83 | -413 | -176 | |
| EUR/CNY 10% decrease | 101 | 505 | 215 | |
| EUR/DKK 10% increase | -140 | -543 | -967 | |
| EUR/DKK 10% decrease | 171 | 664 | 1,181 |
23.1.2 Interest risk
The Group is exposed to interest risk in two ways: because of changes in value for balance sheet items (i.e. price risk) and cash flow risk caused by changes in market interest rates. On the balance sheet date, the total amount of interest-bearing debt excluding lease liabilities was EUR 80,382 thousand (EUR 76,661 thousand) covered with contracts in which the interest range is between 3.10 and 4.09 percent (3.68 and 4.19 percent). All of the Group’s loans have variable interest rates. The Group monitors the interest risk by calculating the effect of one percentage point change in interest rates on the Group’s next twelve months’ interest expenses. The sensitivity of the interest position to changes in interest rates is determined by calculating how much an equal one percentage point change in interest rates throughout the Group’s interest rate range would change yearly interest expenses. Only interest bearing loans from financial institutions are included in the calculation. Lease liabilities are not included in the calculation. At the balance sheet date, the Group’s sensitivity to an increase in interest rates of one percentage point was approximately EUR 821 thousand (2024: EUR 238 thousand).
23.1.3 Financing and liquidity risk
The Group aims to guarantee solid liquidity in all market conditions through efficient cash management. Credit limits tied to cash pool arrangements are used for short-term financing. On the balance sheet date, the Group had EUR 15,920 thousand (EUR 16,082 thousand) of available credit limits, of which none (2024: none) was in use. Refinancing risk is attempted to be minimized by applying a balanced maturity schedule to the loan portfolio, ensuring sufficient maturity of loans, and using several banks as sources of financing. The level of financing is increased through additional loans when necessary. The Group has financial covenants, which are tied to the equity ratio of the Group and to the debt/EBITDA ratio of the Group, and these mainly apply to all the group loans. In case the Group’s equity ratio at the time of the Financial Statements is below 25 percent or the debt/EBITDA ratio is higher than 3.5, the financer has the right to demand immediate payment of all the Group’s loans. The Group tests loan covenants quarterly. Based on figures from the interim reports and the Consolidated Financial Statements in 2024 and in 2025, the terms of these covenants were not breached, therefore, the loans are classified as long-term to the extent that they mature in more than one year. The Group believes it will comply with the covenant terms for the next 12 months from the reporting date. To balance the cash effect of the long payment terms typical to design business, the Group sells a part of its key customer receivables to a finance institution. There is no credit risk related to the sold receivables and these receivables are not included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The maturity analysis of financial liabilities is based on contractual cash flows in accordance with IFRS standards. The maturity analysis of loans includes both principal and interest. The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is based on undiscounted future lease payments.
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities
| 2025 | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| EUR 1,000 | Less than 1 year | 1-5 years | More than 5 years |
| Borrowings | 41,951 | 42,494 | – |
| Lease liabilities | 10,021 | 11,708 | 1,219 |
| Liabilities from acquisitions | – | 638 | – |
| Trade and other payables | 12,649 | 41 | – |
| Total | 64,621 | 54,881 | 1,219 |
| 2024 | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| EUR 1,000 | Less than 1 year | 1-5 years | More than 5 years |
| Borrowings | 29,216 | 51,690 | – |
| Lease liabilities | 11,349 | 10,324 | – |
| Liabilities from acquisitions | 533 | 131 | – |
| Trade and other payables | 13,758 | 176 | – |
| Total | 53,351 | 62,320 | – |
Liabilities from acquisitions in December 31, 2025 consist of High Vision Engineering Sweden AB deferred payment amount EUR 138 thousand, which will be paid by April 30, 2028 and Novacon Powertrain GmbH purchase price EUR 500 thousand, which will be paid by April 30, 2027.
Reconciliation of cash flow from financing activities and changes in financial liabilities
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Interest-bearing liabilities Jan 1 | 95,872 | 86,583 |
| Financing cash flow | -7,927 | 334 |
| Non-monetary changes | ||
| Changes in lease agreements | 12,387 | 8,144 |
| Loans and lease liabilities assumed in business combinations | 1,702 | 334 |
| Translation differences and other changes* | 42 | 476 |
| Non-monetary changes, total | 14,131 | 8,954 |
| Interest-bearing liabilities Dec 31 | 102,075 | 95,872 |
- In 2024, retention amount from LAE acquisition EUR 500 thousand was reclassified from non-interest bearing liabilities to interest-bearing liabilities.
23.1.4 Counterparty and credit risk
Financing contracts have the associated risk of the counterparty being unable to fulfill its obligations under the contract. To minimize the counterparty risk financing contracts are concluded with leading Nordic banks that have a good credit rating. Credit risk related to business operations arises out of a customer’s inability to perform its contractual obligations. A considerable proportion of the Group’s business operations focus on large, financially solid companies that operate internationally. Credit risk is also reduced by the customer companies being divided among several different sectors of operation. The Group aims to ensure that services are sold only to such customers that have an appropriate credit rating. Credit risk is controlled systematically, and overdue sales receivables are assessed on a weekly basis. The Company strives to control the effects of increased financial uncertainty by actively monitoring its receivables and by an efficient debt collection process. The maximum customer credit risk exposure at the end of the financial year is the book value of accounts receivable.
Expected credit loss allowance
To measure expected credit losses the Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets including amounts not due. As described in the table below, trade receivables and contract assets are grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The measurement of the expected credit losses includes forward-looking information in the form of the estimated growth of the EU gross domestic product. Expected credit losses are considered immaterial overall. In addition to the lifetime expected credit loss allowance, the Group’s management estimates expected credit losses case-by-case basis. As a general rule, the Group recognizes a 50 per cent impairment allowance for receivables that are more than 60 days past due and a 100 per cent impairment allowance for receivables that are more than 90 days past due, unless a case-specific assessment provides a justified reason to deviate from these percentages.
2025
| Past due EUR 1,000 | Not due | 1-30 d | 31-60 d | 61-90 d | > 90 d | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Expected loss rate | 0.1% | 0.1% | 1.0% | 4.0% | 5.1% | |
| Trade receivables | 44,966 | 4,580 | 868 | 229 | 202 | 50,846 |
| Contract assets | 24,961 | - | - | - | - | 24,961 |
| Lifetime expected credit loss allowance | 42 | 3 | 9 | 9 | 10 | 74 |
| Case-by-case credit loss allowance | 7 | |||||
| Expected credit loss allowance | 81 |
2024
| Past due EUR 1,000 | Not due | 1-30 d | 31-60 d | 61-90 d | > 90 d | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Expected loss rate | 0.1% | 0.1% | 1.5% | 5.5% | 6.5% | |
| Trade receivables | 47,363 | 5,360 | 1,053 | 202 | 840 | 54,818 |
| Contract assets | 28,406 | - | - | - | - | 28,406 |
| Lifetime expected credit loss allowance | 60 | 6 | 16 | 11 | 55 | 147 |
| Case-by-case credit loss allowance | 48 | |||||
| Expected credit loss allowance | 195 |
Movements of the allowance for impairment
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Expected credit loss allowance Jan 1 | -195 | -85 |
| Net reduction (+) / (-) increase in credit loss allowance | 114 | -110 |
| Expected credit loss allowance Dec 31 | -81 | -195 |
Trade receivables and contract assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan with the Group.
23.2 Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets. Consistent with other companies in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the net gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by equity. Net debt is calculated as total gross interest-bearing debt less cash and cash equivalents. To ensure sufficient flexibility, the goal is to keep the net gearing ratio within 30-100 percent. The following table sets out the Group’s net gearing ratio:
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Gross interest-bearing debt | 102,011 | 95,872 |
| Less: Cash and cash equivalents | -30,366 | -25,241 |
| Net debt | 71,645 | 70,631 |
| Total equity | 122,142 | 117,803 |
| Net gearing ratio | 58.7% | 60.0% |
24.## Financial instruments by measurement category
Financial assets
| | 2025 EUR 1,000 | Note | Amortized cost | Fair value through OCI | Book value total |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Quoted and unquoted shares | | 24 | | 6,694 | 6,694 |
| Trade and other receivables | | 22 | 51,146 | | 51,146 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | | | 30,366 | | 30,366 |
| Financial assets Dec 31 | | | 81,512 | 6,694 | 88,207 |
Financial liabilities
| | 2025 EUR 1,000 | Note | Amortized cost | Fair value through profit and loss | Book value total |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Loans from financial institutions | | 26 | 80,382 | | 80,382 |
| Lease liabilities | | 26 | 21,694 | | 21,694 |
| Liabilities from acquisitions | | 16.27 | 638 | | 638 |
| Trade and other payables | | 28 | 12,690 | | 12,690 |
| Financial liabilities Dec 31 | | | 114,765 | 638 | 115,403 |
Financial assets
| | 2024 EUR 1,000 | Note | Amortized cost | Fair value through OCI | Book value total |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Quoted and unquoted shares | | 24 | | 9,534 | 9,534 |
| Trade and other receivables | | 22 | 55,893 | | 55,893 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | | | 25,241 | | 25,241 |
| Financial assets Dec 31 | | | 81,134 | 9,534 | 90,668 |
Financial liabilities
| | 2024 EUR 1,000 | Note | Amortized cost | Fair value through profit and loss | Book value total |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Loans from financial institutions | | 26 | 76,161 | | 76,161 |
| Lease liabilities | | 26 | 19,211 | | 19,211 |
| Liabilities from acquisitions | | 16.27 | 663 | | 663 |
| Trade and other payables | | 28 | 13,803 | | 13,803 |
| Financial liabilities Dec 31 | | | 109,175 | 663 | 109,838 |
The fair values of financial instruments materially correspond to their book values.
Fair value hierarchy
The tables below analyze financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly as prices or indirectly, derived from prices.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not based on observable market data.
106
Financial assets recognized at fair value through OCI
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (Level 3) consist of the investments in Ekkono and BJIT. The valuation method is based on completed transactions and an external valuation. During the financial year 2025, an impairment of EUR 4.2 million was recognized in the fair value of the investment. Etteplan’s ownership in these shares has not changed during the financial year.
| 2025 EUR 1,000 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Quoted shares (Level 1) | Premises shares (Level 2) | Unquoted shares and loan receivables (Level 3) | Total | |
| Opening balance at Jan 1 | 205 | 120 | 10,125 | 10,450 |
| Investments in shares | - | - | 98 | 98 |
| Gain/loss recognized in other comprehensive income | 8 | - | -4,244 | -4,237 |
| Translation differences | - | - | 383 | 383 |
| Closing balance Dec 31 | 213 | 120 | 6,361 | 6,694 |
| 2024 EUR 1,000 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Quoted shares (Level 1) | Premises shares (Level 2) | Unquoted shares and loan receivables (Level 3) | Total | |
| Opening balance at Jan 1 | 199 | 120 | 3,019 | 3,339 |
| Investments in shares¹ | - | - | 7,176 | 7,176 |
| Gain/loss recognized in other comprehensive income | 6 | - | -8 | -2 |
| Translation differences | - | - | -63 | -63 |
| Closing balance Dec 31 | 205 | 120 | 10,125 | 10,450 |
¹ Investment in BJIT shares.
Financial liabilities recognized at fair value through profit or loss
Contingent liability in acquisitions (Level 3)
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Opening balance at Jan 1 | - | 100 |
| Additions | 616 | - |
| Revaluation | - | 83 |
| Translation difference | 6 | - |
| Payment | - | -183 |
| Closing balance Dec 31 | 622 | - |
Additional information regarding contingent liabilities in acquisitions is provided in note 16 Business combinations.
25. Equity
Shareholder’s equity
Shareholders’ equity consists of share capital, share premium account, unrestricted equity fund, own shares, cumulative translation adjustment, other reserves and retained earnings.
Share premium account contains the emission gain from the original stock listing as well as funds raised in bonus issues.
Unrestricted equity fund includes funds raised in share issues, which the board has decided to record in the Unrestricted equity fund with the authorization of the general meeting.
Translation differences contain translation differences arising from the conversion of financial statements of foreign units and the foreign subsidiary net investment hedge. The aggregate amount of the net investment hedge (EUR 149 thousand) related to the Swedish unit is recorded in the profit and loss statement upon disposal of the unit.
Other reserves include the fair value reserve, which consists of fair value adjustments of investments at fair value through other comprehensive income, amounting to EUR 3,343 thousand (EUR 70 thousand). The aggregate amount of fair value adjustments are recorded in Retained earnings upon disposal of the investments.
107
Share and share capital
Etteplan Oyj has one series of shares. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. The fully paid and registered share capital of the Company at the end of the financial year was EUR 5,000,000 and the number of shares was 25,350,793 (25,350,793). No changes in share capital occurred during the financial year. The Company has one series of shares. Each share entitles its holder to one vote in the shareholders’ meeting and gives an equal right to dividends. Shares are listed on Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd under the ETTE ticker. The share has no nominal value and there is no maximum number of shares. All issued shares are fully paid.
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company. The number of company-held shares at the end of the financial year was 100,921 (100,921). The Board of Directors’ authorization to acquire and dispose own shares and to increase the share capital through a rights issue is disclosed in the Board of directors’ review.
A liability is recognized for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorized and no longer at the discretion of the entity, on or before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting period. The Board of Directors has proposed to the Annual General Meeting a dividend of EUR 0.22 to be paid per share for the financial year 2025. For the financial year 2024 dividend of EUR 0.22 was paid.
26. Interest-bearing liabilities
Loans from financial institutions
Analysis by currency
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Non-current loans from financial institutions | 40,855 | 49,473 |
| Total | 40,855 | 49,473 |
| Current loans from financial institutions | 39,463 | 26,688 |
| Total | 39,463 | 26,688 |
Covenant loans amount to EUR 80,075 thousand (EUR 75,850 thousand) on the balance sheet date.
Lease liabilities
Analysis by currency
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Non-current lease liabilities | | |
| EUR | 5,737 | 6,063 |
| SEK | 1,975 | 1,836 |
| CNY | 147 | 200 |
| PLN | 268 | 179 |
| DKK | 81 | 84 |
| Total | 8,208 | 8,362 |
| Current lease liabilities | | |
| EUR | 11,043 | 8,640 |
| SEK | 1,924 | 1,681 |
| CNY | 192 | 201 |
| PLN | 216 | 211 |
| DKK | 112 | 116 |
| Total | 13,486 | 10,849 |
108
27. Other non-current liabilities
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Liability from acquisitions | 622 | 131 |
| Other non-current liabilities | 41 | 45 |
| Total | 663 | 176 |
28. Trade and other payables
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Trade payables | 12,649 | 13,758 |
| Accrued liabilities | 30,740 | 32,564 |
| Tax payables | 15,323 | 14,488 |
| Liability from acquisitions | - | 533 |
| Total | 58,713 | 61,343 |
Main items included in accrued expenses and income
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Interest liabilities | 705 | 451 |
| Accrued employee benefits expenses | 27,368 | 29,309 |
| Other accrued expenses and income | 2,667 | 2,804 |
| Total | 30,740 | 32,564 |
Analysis by currency
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| EUR | 41,226 | 43,871 |
| SEK | 13,277 | 12,502 |
| CNY | 1,176 | 1,301 |
| PLN | 1,596 | 1,735 |
| DKK | 1,390 | 1,802 |
| Other currencies | 48 | 133 |
| Total | 58,713 | 61,343 |
29. Pledges, mortgages and guarantees
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Business mortgages | 320 | 320 |
| Pledged shares | 120 | 120 |
| Other contingencies | 798 | 1,007 |
| Total | 1,238 | 1,447 |
30. Related-party transactions
The Group’s related party includes such persons that have control, joint control or significant influence over the Group. Also, the Group’s key management personnel is included in the related party. Key management personnel refers to persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of the Group. Key management personnel also include individuals who are part of the management of the Group’s ultimate parent company, Ingman Group Oy Ab. Ingman Group Oy Ab is the ultimate controlling party, and it belongs to the Group’s related party alongside with its’ group companies and associate companies. Spouses and dependants of the aforementioned persons, as well as entities under their control or joint control, are also considered related parties. Related party transactions are conducted in accordance with the Group’s normal, market-based pricing policies and purchasing terms.
109
Group companies Dec 31, 2025
| Company | Domicile | Group's / Parent company's holding |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Etteplan Oyj | Espoo, Finland | |
| Etteplan Germany GmbH | Leverkusen, Germany | 100% / 100% |
| Etteplan Deutschland GmbH | Neukirchen-Vlyun, Germany | 100% / 0% |
| Etteplan Defense GmbH | Koblenz, Germany | 100% / 0% |
| Etteplan Finland Oy | Espoo, Finland | 100% / 100% |
| Etteplan Poland sp.z.o.o. | Wroclaw, Poland | 100% / 0% |
| Etteplan Sweden AB | Västerås, Sweden | 100% / 100% |
| Etteplan Technology Center Ltd. | Kunshan, China | 100% / 0% |
| Etteplan Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. | Shanghai, China | 100% / 100% |
| Etteplan B.V. | Eindhoven, the Netherlands | 100% / 100% |
| Etteplan Netherlands B.V. | Eindhoven, the Netherlands | 100% / 0% |
| Etteplan USA Inc. | | |Austin (TX), USA 100% / 0% Etteplan Denmark A/S Herlev, Denmark 100% / 100% Etteplan Engineering GmbH* Affalterbach, Germany 100% / 100% Eltech Automation i Lund AB Lomma, Sweden 100% / 100% * The company was previously named Novacon Powertrain GmbH. The name was changed during the financial year to Etteplan Engineering GmbH. The following group companies have been merged in 2025
| Company | Domicile | Merged to |
|---|---|---|
| STRONGIT ApS | Gråsten, Denmark | Etteplan Denmark A/S |
| STRONGIT Kobenhavn ApS | Ballerub, Denmark | Etteplan Denmark A/S |
| MoTech GmbH | Stuttgart, Germany | Etteplan Engineering GmbH |
| High Vision Engineering AB | Göteborg, Sweden | Etteplan Sweden AB |
| Syncore Technologies AB | Linköping, Sweden | Etteplan Sweden AB |
| AFFRA AB | Göteborg, Sweden | Etteplan Sweden AB |
The following transactions were carried out with related parties
EUR 1,000
| | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Sales and purchases of services and related receivables and payables | | |
| Sales of services to other related parties | 36 | 36 |
| Purchases of services from other related parties | 36 | 36 |
Key management compensation
Key management of Etteplan Oyj includes the Board of Directors, CEO and Management Group.
| Salaries, fees and fringe benefits paid to management | EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Members of the Board | | 365 | 348 |
| CEO | | 626 | 635 |
| Other members of the Management Group | | 1,958 | 2,010 |
| Total | | 2,949 | 2,992 |
Fees paid to the members of the Board
EUR 1,000
| | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Robert Ingman, Chairman of the Board | 99 | 92 |
| Matti Huttunen, until Apr 8, 2025 | 16 | 49 |
| Päivi Lindqvist, until Apr 8, 2025 | 16 | 51 |
| Leena Saarinen, until Apr 9, 2024 | - | 11 |
| Mikko Tepponen | 53 | 47 |
| Sonja Sarasvuo | 52 | 48 |
| Tomi Ristimäki | 52 | 48 |
| Outi Henriksson | 40 | - |
| Katri Piirtola | 38 | - |
| Total | 365 | 348 |
Salaries, fees, and other benefits paid to the CEO and the other members of the Management Group
| | CEO | Other members of the Management group |
|---|---|---|
| EUR 1,000 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
| Short-term employee benefits | 536 | 544 | 1,637 | 1,685 |
| Post-employment benefits | 90 | 91 | 321 | 324 |
| Management compensation total | 626 | 635 | 1,958 | 2,010 |
The Annual General Meeting annually resolves the remuneration for the members of the Board of Directors.
31. Events after the balance sheet date
After the end of the financial year, Etteplan initiated change negotiations on February 10, 2026, within its Software and Embedded Solutions service area in Finland. The change negotiations concerned all employees in the service area in Finland, totaling 336 employees. The change negotiations were concluded on March 13, 2026. As a result of the negotiations, the company has decided to terminate the employment of up to 28 employees, with the terminations intended to be implemented by March 31, 2026. In addition, the company will temporarily or indefinitely lay off 35 employees until further notice. The aim of the change negotiations was to adjust the operations of the service area to the challenging market situation and weakened demand, as well as to align the service area’s competence base with structural changes in the industry. The overall financial impact of the one-off costs arising from the change negotiations and the future cost savings cannot be reliably estimated at the time of preparing the financial statements.
PARENT COMPANY’S INCOME STATEMENT
EUR, financial period Jan 1 – Dec 31 (FAS)
| | Note | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 1 | 17,705,767.32 | 17,901,657.36 |
| Other operating income | 2 | 257,064.00 | - |
| Staff costs | 3 | -6,301,821.71 | -6,675,409.92 |
| Depreciation and amortization | 10, 11 | -245,741.36 | -339,100.85 |
| Other operating expenses | 5 | -11,053,951.44 | -10,583,540.39 |
| Operating profit/loss | | 361,316.81 | 303,606.20 |
| Financial income and expenses | 6, 7 | -3,889,904.34 | 11,772,048.54 |
| Profit/loss before appropriations and taxes | | -3,528,587.53 | 12,075,654.74 |
| Appropriations | 8 | 9,145,701.23 | 12,033,483.89 |
| Income taxes | 9 | -1,426,002.96 | -1,698,172.34 |
| Profit for the financial year | | 4,191,110.74 | 22,410,966.29 |
PARENT COMPANY’S BALANCE SHEET
EUR, Dec 31 (FAS)
| | Note | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Assets | | | |
| Non-current assets | | | |
| Intangible assets | 10 | 119,000.83 | 319,269.64 |
| Tangible assets | 11 | 87,956.71 | 125,724.06 |
| Shares in group companies | 12 | 192,683,240.46 | 174,560,995.97 |
| Other investments | 12 | 1,597,169.99 | 2,044,879.17 |
| Non-current receivables | 13 | 14,789,688.00 | 20,740,563.47 |
| Total non-current assets | | 209,277,055.99 | 197,791,432.31 |
| Current assets | | | |
| Current receivables | 14 | 19,467,884.95 | 20,140,189.34 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 15 | 19,615,870.72 | 13,439,829.10 |
| Current assets, total | | 39,083,755.67 | 33,580,018.44 |
| Total assets | | 248,360,811.66 | 231,371,450.75 |
EUR, Dec 31 (FAS)
| | Note | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Equity and liabilities | | | |
| Equity | | | |
| Share capital | 16 | 5,000,000.00 | 5,000,000.00 |
| Share premium account | 16 | 6,701,187.41 | 6,701,187.41 |
| Unrestricted equity fund | 16 | 26,186,602.11 | 26,186,602.11 |
| Own Shares | 16 | -1,718,906.02 | -1,718,906.02 |
| Retained earnings | 16 | 65,309,505.63 | 48,453,511.18 |
| Profit for the financial year | 16 | 4,191,110.74 | 22,410,966.29 |
| Total equity | | 105,669,499.87 | 107,033,360.97 |
| Appropriations | 17 | 50,912.02 | 196,613.25 |
| Liabilities | | | |
| Non-current liabilities | 18 | 41,263,207.46 | 49,330,518.54 |
| Current liabilities | 19 | 101,377,192.31 | 74,810,957.99 |
| Total liabilities | | 142,640,399.77 | 124,141,476.53 |
| Total equity and liabilities | | 248,360,811.66 | 231,371,450.75 |
PARENT COMPANY’S CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
EUR, financial period Jan 1 - Dec 31 (FAS)
| | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Operating cash flow | | |
| Cash receipts from Group companies | 15,954,071.89 | 17,663,072.55 |
| Operating expenses paid | -17,322,274.73 | -17,098,647.44 |
| Operating cash flow before financial items and taxes | -1,368,202.84 | 564,425.11 |
| Interest and payment paid for financial expenses | -3,965,889.08 | -5,394,403.09 |
| Dividends and interest received | 1,972,509.93 | 16,540,529.64 |
| Income taxes paid | -1,829,233.98 | -2,408,075.00 |
| Operating cash flow (A) | -5,190,815.97 | 9,302,476.66 |
| Investing cash flow | | |
| Purchase of tangible and intangible assets | -7,705.20 | 102,300.77 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries | -14,737,244.49 | -13,763,687.56 |
| Purchase of investments | -98,364,40 | - |
| Loans granted to Group companies | -50,000.00 | -7,439,688.00 |
| Repayment of loans granted to Group companies | 2,200,000.00 | 1,485,000.00 |
| Gains on disposal of other investments | - | 1.00 |
| Investing cash flow (B) | -12,693,314.09 | -19,616,073.79 |
EUR, financial period Jan 1 - Dec 31 (FAS)
| | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Financing cash flow | | |
| Proceeds from loans | 32,564,571.74 | 38,000,000.00 |
| Repayments of loans | -28,275,000.00 | -26,650,972.44 |
| Change of internal bank account liabilities | 13,360,349.39 | -10,219,021.56 |
| Dividend paid | -5,554,971.84 | -7,529,961.60 |
| Group contribution | 12,000,000.00 | 15,000,000.00 |
| Financing cash flow (C) | 24,094,949.29 | 8,600,044.40 |
| Variation in cash (A+B+C) increase (+) / decrease (-) | 6,210,819.23 | -1,713,552.73 |
| Assets at the beginning of the period | 13,439,829.10 | 14,893,172.87 |
| Exchange gains or losses on cash and cash equivalents | -34,777.61 | 260,208.96 |
| Assets at the end of the financial period | 19,615,870.72 | 13,439,829.10 |
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PARENT COMPANY
Parent company’s accounting policies
The financial statements of the parent company, Etteplan Oyj, are prepared in accordance with Finnish accounting and company legislation (FAS). Etteplan Oyj’s revenue consists of software and management fees from Group companies.
Measurement of non-current assets
Non-current assets are capitalized in the balance sheet at historical cost less depreciation according to plan and possible impairment loss. Depreciation according to plan is based on the estimated useful life of the asset. The useful lives of other non-current assets are:
software 5 years
computers 3 years
office furniture 5 to 10 years
renovation of premises 5 years
goodwill 5 to 10 years
capitalized development expenditure 3 to 5 years
Maintenance and repair costs are expensed. Major basic improvement investments are capitalized and depreciated over their useful life. Capital gains and losses arising on the retirement and sale of non-current assets are included either in other operating income or under other operating expenses. Other investments are measured at acquisition cost or at a lower probable realizable value. Impairments on other investments are recognized as expenses under financial expenses.
Income taxes
Taxes in the income statement include taxes based on taxable earnings for the financial period as well as corrections to taxes for previous periods. Taxes based on taxable earnings are calculated using the tax rate in force at the time of the financial statement.
Pension agreements
Pension security for the employees of the parent company is arranged with external pension insurance companies. Pension expenses are recorded as expenses in the year in which they are incurred.
Lease agreements
Contractual lease payments are expensed over the lease period.
1 REVENUE
EUR
| | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Finland | 17,705,767.32 | 17,901,657.36 |
Revenue consists of software and management fees from Etteplan Group companies.
2 OTHER OPERATING INCOME
EUR
| | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Other operating income | 257,064.00 | - |
| Total | 257,064.00 | - |
NOTES TO THE INCOME STATEMENT, PARENT COMPANY
3 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL AND STAFF COSTS
| Personnel | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Personnel at year-end | 66 | 68 |
| Personnel, average | 66 | 71 |
| Personnel by category | ||
| Administration personnel | 66 | 68 |
| Total | 66 | 68 |
EUR
| | 2025 | 2024 |
|---|---|---|
| Personnel expenses | | |
| Wages and salaries | 5,312,564.87 | 5,653,432.59 |
| Pension expenses - defined contribution plans | 849,646.19 | 907,453.46 |
| Other indirect employee expenses | 139,610.65 | 114,523.87 |
| Total | 6,301,821.71 | 6,675,409.92 |
Employee benefits of the Board of Directors and top management are disclosed in point 30 Related party transactions of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.# AUDIT FEES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Auditing, KPMG Oy Ab | 58,239.45 | 41,968.11 | |
| Auditor's statements based on laws and regulations, KPMG Oy Ab | 77,732.27 | 16,796.63 | |
| Other services (tax services), KPMG Oy Ab | 44,083.00 | 78,428.31 | |
| Other services (other services), KPMG Oy Ab | - | 248.40 | |
| Total | 180,054.72 | 137,441.45 |
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Leasing and rents | 2,035,526.32 | 2,002,489.76 | |
| IT costs | 4,986,791.93 | 5,034,854.82 | |
| Services from Group companies | 1,596,231.05 | 899,574.39 | |
| Loss on disposal of subsidiary shares | - | 7,517.67 | |
| Other operating expenses | 2,435,402.14 | 2,639,103.75 | |
| Total | 11,053,951.44 | 10,583,540.39 |
FINANCIAL INCOME
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Intra-Group dividend income | 1,071,104.63 | 15,691,091.04 | |
| Dividend and interest income from others | 285,270.04 | 688,123.98 | |
| Interest and other financial income, Intra-Group | 478,008.90 | 516,588.81 | |
| Foreign exchange differences | 48,117.58 | 20,626.07 | |
| Total | 1,882,501.15 | 16,916,429.90 |
FINANCIAL EXPENSES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Impairment of non-current investments | 1,486,740.16 | - | |
| Intra-Group interest expense | 950,580.05 | 1,468,440.07 | |
| Interest expense on borrowings from others | 3,211,544.91 | 3,861,814.05 | |
| Foreign exchange loss | 123,540.37 | -185,872.76 | |
| Total | 5,772,405.49 | 5,144,381.36 |
APPROPRIATIONS
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Group contributions received | 9,000,000.00 | 12,000,000.00 | |
| Increase (-) / decrease (+) in depreciation in excess of plan | 145,701.23 | 33,483.89 | |
| Total | 9,145,701.23 | 12,033,483.89 |
INCOME TAXES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Tax on income from operations | 1,296,054.51 | 1,702,285.51 | |
| Tax corrections for previous accounting periods | 129,948.45 | -4,113.17 | |
| Total | 1,426,002.96 | 1,698,172.34 |
NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET, PARENT COMPANY
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
| 2025 EUR | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Intangible rights | Other intangible assets | Goodwill | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 5,847,924.29 | 153,010.00 | 2,499,728.53 | 8,500,662.82 |
| Additions | 5,400.00 | - | - | 5,400.00 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 5,853,324.29 | 153,010.00 | 2,499,728.53 | 8,506,062.82 |
| Cumulative amortization Jan 1 | -5,661,988.02 | -153,010.00 | -2,366,395.16 | -8,181,393.18 |
| Amortization for the financial year | -72,335.44 | - | -133,333.37 | -205,668.81 |
| Cumulative amortization Dec 31 | -5,734,323.46 | -153,010.00 | -2,499,728.53 | -8,387,061.99 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 119,000.83 | - | - | 119,000.83 |
| 2024 EUR | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Intangible rights | Other intangible assets | Goodwill | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 5,834,874.29 | 153,010.00 | 2,499,728.53 | 8,487,612.82 |
| Additions | 13,050.00 | - | - | 13,050.00 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 5,847,924.29 | 153,010.00 | 2,499,728.53 | 8,500,662.82 |
| Cumulative amortization Jan 1 | -5,575,842.87 | -153,010.00 | -2,162,774.86 | -7,891,627.73 |
| Amortization for the financial year | -86,145.15 | - | -203,620.30 | -289,765.45 |
| Cumulative amortization Dec 31 | -5,661,988.02 | -153,010.00 | -2,366,395.16 | -8,181,393.18 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 185,936.27 | - | 133,333.37 | 319,269.64 |
TANGIBLE ASSETS
| 2025 EUR | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Machinery and equipment | Other tangible assets | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 1,437,476.44 | 74,711.74 | 1,512,188.18 |
| Additions | 2,305.20 | - | 2,305.20 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 1,439,781.64 | 74,711.74 | 1,514,493.38 |
| Cumulative depreciation Jan 1 | -1,323,093.05 | -63,371.07 | -1,386,464.12 |
| Depreciation for the financial year | -36,424.24 | -3,648.31 | -40,072.55 |
| Cumulative depreciation Dec 31 | -1,359,517.29 | -67,019.38 | -1,426,536.67 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 80,264.35 | 7,692.36 | 87,956.71 |
| 2024 EUR | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Machinery and equipment | Other tangible assets | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 1,430,916.23 | 66,104.18 | 1,497,020.41 |
| Additions | 6,560.21 | 8,607.56 | 15,167.77 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 1,437,476.44 | 74,711.74 | 1,512,188.18 |
| Cumulative depreciation Jan 1 | -1,276,859.40 | -60,269.32 | -1,337,128.72 |
| Depreciation for the financial year | -46,233.65 | -3,101.75 | -49,335.40 |
| Cumulative depreciation Dec 31 | -1,323,093.05 | -63,371.07 | -1,386,464.12 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 114,383.39 | 11,340.67 | 125,724.06 |
INVESTMENTS
| 2025 EUR | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Shares in Group companies | Other | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 174,560,995.97 | 2,044,879.17 | 176,605,875.14 |
| Increases | 15,237,244.49 | 98,364.40 | 15,335,608.89 |
| Loan converted to investment | 2,885,000.00 | 940,666.58 | 3,825,666.58 |
| Impairment | - | -1,486,740.16 | -1,486,740.16 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 192,683,240.46 | 1,597,169.99 | 194,280,410.45 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 192,683,240.46 | 1,597,169.99 | 194,280,410.45 |
| 2024 EUR | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Shares in Group companies | Other | Total | |
| Acquisition cost Jan 1 | 158,690,119.73 | 2,052,397.84 | 160,742,517.57 |
| Increases | 15,870,876.24 | - | 15,870,876.24 |
| Impairment | - | -7,518.67 | -7,518.67 |
| Acquisition cost Dec 31 | 174,560,995.97 | 2,044,879.17 | 176,605,875.14 |
| Book value Dec 31 | 174,560,995.97 | 2,044,879.17 | 176,605,875.14 |
The parent company’s direct holdings in Group companies are disclosed in Note 30, Related-party transactions, to the consolidated financial statements.
NON-CURRENT RECEIVABLES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Loan receivables from Group companies | 14,789,688.00 | 19,824,688.00 | |
| Loan receivables from Others | - | 915,875.47 | |
| Non-current receivables, total | 14,789,688.00 | 20,740,563.47 |
The Company has granted loans to its subsidiaries. The total amount of the loans is EUR 14,789,688. The loan term is a maximum of 4 years or the loans have no fixed maturity date. The loans are repaid in equal instalments and interest is paid once a year. The interest rates are primarily fixed or linked to the base rate at 2.07-3.73 percent. The loans are unsecured.
CURRENT RECEIVABLES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Current receivables from Group companies | |||
| Trade receivables | 4,098,272.78 | 3,004,821.36 | |
| Group contribution receivables | 9,000,000.00 | 12,000,000.00 | |
| Other receivables | 2,757,918.46 | 1,899,042.84 | |
| Current receivables from others | |||
| Current prepayments and accrued income | 2,246,711.81 | 2,274,610.67 | |
| Tax receivables | 1,364,945.49 | 961,714.47 | |
| Other short-term receivables | 36.41 | - | |
| Current receivables, total | 19,467,884.95 | 20,140,189.34 |
Main items included in prepayments and accrued income
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Prepayments of IT costs | 2,020,146.04 | 2,015,887.65 | |
| Other prepayments and accrued income on expenses | 226,565.77 | 258,723.02 | |
| Total | 2,246,711.81 | 2,274,610.67 |
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Bank accounts and cash | 19,615,870.72 | 13,439,829.10 | |
| Total | 19,615,870.72 | 13,439,829.10 |
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet correspond with the financial assets in the cash flow statement.
EQUITY
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Restricted equity | |||
| Share capital Jan 1 | 5,000,000.00 | 5,000,000.00 | |
| Share capital Dec 31 | 5,000,000.00 | 5,000,000.00 | |
| Share premium account Jan 1 | 6,701,187.41 | 6,701,187.41 | |
| Share premium account Dec 31 | 6,701,187.41 | 6,701,187.41 | |
| Restricted equity, total | 11,701,187.41 | 11,701,187.41 | |
| Unrestricted equity | |||
| Unrestricted equity fund Jan 1 | 26,186,602.11 | 24,079,413.43 | |
| Acquisition of a subsidiary paid in shares | - | -2,107,188.68 | |
| Unrestricted equity fund Dec 31 | 26,186,602.11 | 26,186,602.11 | |
| Treasury shares Jan 1 | -1,718,906.02 | -1,718,906.02 | |
| Treasury shares Dec 31 | -1,718,906.02 | -1,718,906.02 | |
| Retained earnings Jan 1 | 70,864,477.47 | 55,983,472.78 | |
| Dividends paid | -5,554,971.84 | -7,529,961.60 | |
| Retained earnings Dec 31 | 65,309,505.63 | 48,453,511.18 | |
| Profit for the financial year | 4,191,110.74 | 22,410,966.29 | |
| Unrestricted equity total | 93,968,312.46 | 95,332,173.56 | |
| Shareholders' equity, total | 105,669,499.87 | 107,033,360.97 |
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Distributable funds Dec 31 | |||
| Retained earnings | 65,309,505.63 | 48,453,511.18 | |
| Treasury shares | -1,718,906.02 | -1,718,906.02 | |
| Unrestricted equity fund | 26,186,602.11 | 26,186,602.11 | |
| Profit for the financial year | 4,191,110.74 | 22,410,966.29 | |
| Distributable funds Dec 31 | 93,968,312.46 | 95,332,173.56 | |
| Number of shares Jan 1 | 25,350,793 | 25,200,793 | |
| Acquisition of a subsidiary paid in shares | - | 150,000 | |
| Number of shares Dec 31 | 25,350,793 | 25,350,793 |
Additional information regarding the shares is disclosed in note 25, Shares and share capital, to the consolidated financial statements.
ACCUMULATED APPROPRIATIONS
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Depreciation in excess of plan | 50,912.02 | 196,613.25 | |
| Total | 50,912.02 | 196,613.25 |
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Loans from financial institutions | 40,625,000.00 | 49,200,000.00 | |
| Accrued liabilities on acquisitions | 638,207.46 | 130,518.54 | |
| Total | 41,263,207.46 | 49,330,518.54 |
CURRENT LIABILITIES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Current liabilities to group companies | |||
| Trade payables | 253,593.02 | 108,633.94 | |
| Internal bank account liabilities | 57,356,350.43 | 43,996,001.04 | |
| Current liabilities to others | |||
| Trade payables | 1,287,847.64 | 1,234,752.54 | |
| Other liabilities | 350,827.18 | 392,726.23 | |
| Accrued expenses | 2,614,002.30 | 2,428,844.24 | |
| Loans from financial institutions | 39,514,571.74 | 26,650,000.00 | |
| Current liabilities total | 101,377,192.31 | 74,810,957.99 |
Main items included in accrued expenses
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Interest liabilities | 704,739.82 | 450,776.67 | |
| Accrued employee expenses | 1,145,016.15 | 1,144,376.96 | |
| Other accrued expenses | 764,246.33 | 833,690.61 | |
| Total | 2,614,002.30 | 2,428,844.24 |
PLEDGED, MORTGAGES AND GUARANTEES
| EUR | 2025 | 2024 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Guarantees given | |||
| Other contingencies | 319,557.04 | 319,557.04 | |
| Guarantees for Group companies | 171,073.21 | 70,175.44 | |
| Finance Lease liabilities | |||
| For payment in next financial year | 3,376,884.52 | 3,653,543.20 | |
| For payment later | 3,498,578.78 | 3,855,551.42 | |
| Operating Lease liabilities | |||
| For payment in next financial year | 479,956.48 | 450,858.58 | |
| For payment later | 353,932.09 | 675,823.11 | |
| Credit limits | |||
| Total credit limit available | 10,310,215.77 | 10,181,691.25 | |
| Pledges, mortgages and guarantees total | 18,510,197.88 | 19,207,200.04 |
Loan guarantees on behalf of subsidiaries
Etteplan Oyj has given a Parent Company guarantee totaling EUR 156 thousand for loans, of which EUR 0 is in use, for Etteplan Poland sp.z.o.o.
EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE
The events described in the consolidated financial statements do not have a direct impact on the parent company.
On December 31, 2025, the parent company’s distributable shareholders’ equity amounted to EUR 94,0 million, of which the net profit for the financial year was EUR 4,2 million. The Board of Directors proposes that from the distributable funds at the disposal of the Annual General Meeting, a dividend of EUR 0.22 per share be paid on the Company’s externally owned shares, for a maximum amount of EUR 5,6 million. Dividend will not be paid out to shares that are company-held on the record date of dividend payout, April 13, 2026.No substantial changes have occurred in the financial position of the Company since the end of the financial year. The Company’s liquidity is good and the Board of Directors judges that the proposed distribution of dividend will not endanger the Company’s solvency. It is proposed that the dividend be paid on April 20, 2026.
Confirmation of the Board of Directors and the CEO
We confirm that the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and the financial statements of the parent company prepared in accordance with the laws and regulations governing the preparation of financial statements in Finland give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; the management report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face and that the sustainability report within management report is prepared in accordance with sustainability reporting standards referred to in Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act and with the Article 8 of Taxonomy Regulation.
Espoo, March 17, 2026
| Robert Ingman | Outi Henriksson | Katri Piirtola |
|---|---|---|
| Chairman of the Board | Member of the Board | Member of the Board |
| Tomi Ristimäki | Sonja Sarasvuo | Mikko Tepponen |
| Member of the Board | Member of the Board | Member of the Board |
| Juha Näkki | ||
| CEO |
124
Signature of Financial Statements
AUDITOR’S NOTE
A report on the audit performed has been issued today.
Helsinki, March 17, 2026
KPMG Oy Ab
Audit Firm
Kim Järvi
Authorised Public Accountant, KHT
This document is an English translation of the Finnish auditor’s report. Only the Finnish version of the report is legally binding.
125
Auditor’s Report
To the Annual General Meeting of Etteplan Oyj
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Etteplan Oyj (business identity code 0545456-2) for the year ended 31 December, 2025. The financial statements comprise the consolidated balance sheet, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows and notes, including material accounting policy information, as well as the parent company’s balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows and notes.
In our opinion the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the group’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU the financial statements give a true and fair view of the parent company’s financial performance and financial position in accordance with the laws and regulations governing the preparation of financial statements in Finland and comply with statutory requirements.
Our opinion is consistent with the additional report submitted to the Board of Directors.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with good auditing practice in Finland. Our responsibilities under good auditing practice are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the parent company and of the group companies in accordance with the ethical requirements that are applicable in Finland and are relevant to our audit, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. In our best knowledge and understanding, the non-audit services that we have provided to the parent company and group companies are in compliance with laws and regulations applicable in Finland regarding these services, and we have not provided any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of regulation (EU) 537/2014. The non-audit services that we have provided have been disclosed in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. The materiality is determined based on our professional judgement and is used to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of identified misstatements on the financial statements as a whole. The level of materiality we set is based on our assessment of the magnitude of misstatements that, individually or in aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have influence on the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. We have also taken into account misstatements and/or possible misstatements that in our opinion are material for qualitative reasons for the users of the financial statements.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. The significant risks of material misstatement referred to in the EU Regulation No 537/2014 point (c) of Article 10(2) are included in the description of key audit matters below.
This document is an English translation of the Finnish auditor’s report. Only the Finnish version of the report is legally binding.
126
We have also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls. This includes consideration of whether there was evidence of management bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.
| The Key Audit Matter | How the matter was addressed in the audit |
|---|---|
| Valuation of goodwill – Accounting Policies and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements Goodwill, totaling EUR 126.7 million, has increased by EUR 7.5 million during the financial period as a result of acquisitions, and is a significant individual item in the consolidated balance sheet. Goodwill is tested for impairment when indicators of impairment exist, or at least annually. Goodwill impairment testing is conducted by comparing the carrying value with the recoverable amount using a discounted cash flow model. Estimating future cash flows underlying the impairment tests involves a significant element of management judgment, particularly in respect of growth in net sales, profitability and discount rates. Valuation of goodwill is considered a key audit matter due to the significant carrying value and high level of management judgement involved. | We critically analyzed the management’s assumptions that form the basis on which the cash flow projections for future years are prepared. We assessed the appropriateness of the discount rate used and the technical integrity of calculations as well as for comparison of the assumptions used to the market and industry- specific data. In addition, we assessed the adequacy of the sensitivity analyses and the appropriate presentation of notes related to impairment tests in the consolidated financial statements. |
| The Key Audit Matter | How the matter was addressed in the audit |
| Revenue Recognition – Accounting Policies and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements Revenue recognition consists mainly of revenue from rendering of services. Total revenue amounted to EUR 361.4 million. Revenue recognition is a key audit matter due to the significance of revenue when assessing the size of business, growth and profitability of Etteplan. Revenue recognition involves a risk of revenue being recognized in the incorrect period and at inaccurate amount due to related management estimates and large volumes of transaction data. For projects, where either a fixed price or a target price has been determined, revenue is recognized over time based on the measured progress. Progress is measured as the proportion of actual costs to the total estimated project costs. Inaccurate cost estimates lead to erroneous revenue recognition. | We evaluated the company’s revenue recognition and accounting policies by reference to the principles of revenue recognition determined under IFRS. We tested the effectiveness of key internal controls in place over the completeness and accuracy of revenue. We also assessed the operative effectiveness of relevant IT systems for financial reporting purposes. We compared total revenue estimates to customer contracts for projects where revenue is recognized over time based on the project’s measured progress. In addition, we analyzed working hours recorded as work in progress projects in comparison to total hours estimated by the management. We also considered the appropriateness of the process for updating estimated project costs and project progress. In addition, we performed substantive audit procedures to evaluate the completeness and accuracy of revenue recorded and assessed the effect of other events which require management judgment. |
We have not identified key audit matters relating to the parent company’s financial statements.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director for the Financial Statements
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for the preparation of consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU, and of financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the laws and regulations governing the preparation of financial statements in Finland and comply with statutory requirements.The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the financial statements, the Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for assessing the parent company’s and the group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting. The financial statements are prepared using the going concern basis of accounting unless there is an intention to liquidate the parent company or the group or cease operations, or there is no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with good auditing practice will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with good auditing practice, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:
* Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
* Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the parent company’s or the group’s internal control.
* Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.
* Conclude on the appropriateness of the Board of Directors’ and the Managing Director’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the parent company’s or the group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the parent company or the group to cease to continue as a going concern.
* Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events so that the financial statements give a true and fair view.
* Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Other Reporting Requirements
Information on our audit engagement
We were first appointed as auditors by the Annual General Meeting on April 4, 2017, and our appointment represents a total period of uninterrupted engagement of 9 years.
Other Information
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the report of the Board of Directors and the information included in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial statements or our auditor’s report thereon. We have obtained the report of the Board of Directors prior to the date of this auditor’s report, and the Annual Report is expected to be made available to us after that date.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information. In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. With respect to the report of the Board of Directors, our responsibility also includes considering whether the report of the Board of Directors has been prepared in compliance with the applicable provisions, excluding the sustainability report information on which there are provisions in Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act and in the sustainability reporting standards.
In our opinion, the information in the report of the Board of Directors is consistent with the information in the financial statements and the report of the Board of Directors has been prepared in compliance with the applicable provisions. Our opinion does not cover the sustainability report information on which there are provisions in Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act and in the sustainability reporting standards.
If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Helsinki, 17 March 2026
KPMG OY AB
Audit Firm
Kim Järvi
Authorised Public Accountant, KHT
128
To the Annual General Meeting of Etteplan Oyj
We have performed a limited assurance engagement on the group sustainability report of Etteplan Oyj (business identity code 0545456-2) that is referred to in Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act and that is included in the report of the Board of Directors for the financial year 1.1.–31.12.2025..
Opinion
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the group sustainability report does not comply, in all material respects, with the requirements laid down in Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act and the sustainability reporting standards (ESRS), and the requirements laid down in Article 8 of the Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (EU Taxonomy).
Point 1 above also contains the process in which Etteplan Oyj has identified the information for reporting in accordance with the sustainability reporting standards (double materiality assessment).
Our opinion does not cover the tagging of the group sustainability report with digital XBRL sustainability tags in accordance with Chapter 7, Section 22, Subsection 1(2), of the Accounting Act, because sustainability reporting companies have not had the possibility to comply with that requirement in the absence of requirements for the tagging of sustainability information in the ESEF regulation or other European Union legislation.
Basis for Opinion
We performed the assurance of the group sustainability report as a limited assurance engagement in compliance with good assurance practice in Finland and with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised) Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information . Our responsibilities under this standard are further described in the Responsibilities of the Authorized Group Sustainability Auditor section of our report. We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.# Authorized Group Sustainability Auditor’s Independence and Quality Management
We are independent of the parent company and of the group companies in accordance with the ethical requirements that are applicable in Finland and are relevant to our engagement, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The authorized group sustainability auditor applies International Standard on Quality Management ISQM 1, which requires the authorized sustainability audit firm to design, implement and operate a system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Assurance Report on the Sustainability Report
This document is an English translation of the Finnish Assurance Report on the Sustainability Report. Only the Finnish version of the report is legally binding.
129
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director of Etteplan Oyj are responsible for: the group sustainability report and for its preparation and presentation in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act, including the process that has been defined in the sustainability reporting standards and in which the information for reporting in accordance with the sustainability reporting standards has been identified, the compliance of the group sustainability report with the requirements laid down in Article 8 of the Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088, and for such internal control as the Board of Directors and the Managing Director determine is necessary to enable the preparation of a group sustainability report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Inherent Limitations in the Preparation of a Sustainability Report
Preparing a group sustainability report requires a company to make materiality assessment to identify relevant matters to report. This includes significant management judgement and choices. It is also characteristic to the sustainability reporting that reporting of this kind of information includes estimates and assumptions as well as measurement and estimation uncertainty. The determination of greenhouse gases is subject to inherent uncertainty due to the incomplete scientific data used to determine the emission factors and the numerical values needed to combine emissions of different gases. When reporting forward-looking information in accordance with ESRS standards, a company’s management is required to make assumptions about possible future events, and to disclose the company’s possible future actions in relation to those events, as well as to prepare the forward-looking information based on these assumptions. Actual results are likely to differ because forecasted events often do not occur as expected.
Responsibilities of the Authorized Group Sustainability Auditor
Our responsibility is to perform an assurance engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether the group sustainability report is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue a limited assurance report that includes our opinion. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the decisions of users taken on the basis of the group sustainability report. Compliance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised) requires that we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the engagement. We also:
- Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the group sustainability report, whether due to fraud or error, and obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the engagement in order to design assurance procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the parent company’s or the group’s internal control.
- Design and perform assurance procedures responsive to those risks to obtain evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
Description of the Procedures That Have Been Performed
The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. The nature, timing and extent of assurance procedures selected depend on professional judgment, including the assessment of risks of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been performed. Our procedures included for ex. the following:
- We interviewed the company’s management and persons responsible for collecting and preparing the information contained in the group sustainability report.
- Regarding the double materiality assessment process, we assessed the implementation of the process carried out by the company and the information disclosed on the double materiality assessment process in relation to the requirements of the ESRS standards.
- Through interviews we gained understanding of the key processes related to collecting and consolidating the sustainability information.
130
- We got acquainted with the group’s internal guidelines and operating principles relevant to the sustainability information disclosed in the group sustainability report.
- We got acquainted with the background documentation and documents prepared by the company, as applicable, and assessed whether they support the information included in the group sustainability report.
- We assessed the information disclosed on material sustainability matters in the group sustainability report in relation to the requirements of the ESRS standards.
- In relation to the EU taxonomy information, we gained understanding about the process by which the company has defined taxonomy eligible and taxonomy aligned activities, and assessed the regulatory compliance of the information provided.
Helsinki, 17 March 2026
KPMG OY AB
Authorized Sustainability Audit Firm
Kim Järvi
Authorized Sustainability Auditor, KRT
131
(Translation of the Finnish original)
To the Board of Directors of Etteplan Oyj
We have performed a reasonable assurance engagement on the financial statements 7437006I5533R06JU690-2025-12-31-1-fi.zip of Etteplan Oyj (Business ID 0545456-2) that have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s regulatory technical standard for the financial year ended 31.12.2025.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for the preparation of the company’s report of the Board of Directors and financial statements (the ESEF financial statements) in such a way that they comply with the requirements of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard. This responsibility includes:
- preparing the ESEF financial statements in XHTML format in accordance with Article 3 of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard
- tagging the primary financial statements, notes and company’s identification data in the consolidated financial statements that are included in the ESEF financial statements with iXBRL tags in accordance with Article 4 of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard and ensuring the consistency between the ESEF financial statements and the audited financial statements.
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of ESEF financial statements in accordance with the requirements of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard.
Auditor’s independence and quality management
We are independent of the company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are applicable in Finland and are relevant to the engagement we have performed, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The auditor applies International Standard on Quality Management (ISQM) 1, which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our responsibility is to, in accordance with Chapter 7, Section 8 of the Securities Markets Act, provide assurance on the financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s regulatory technical standard. We express an opinion on whether the consolidated financial statements that are included in the ESEF financial statements have been tagged, in all material respects, in accordance with the requirements of Article 4 of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard. Our responsibility is to indicate in our opinion to what extent the assurance has been provided. We conducted a reasonable assurance engagement in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000.Independent Auditor’s Report on the ESEF Financial Statements of Etteplan Oyj 132
The engagement includes procedures to obtain evidence on: whether the primary financial statements in the consolidated financial statements that are included in the ESEF financial statements have been tagged, in all material respects, with iXBRL tags in accordance with the requirements of Article 4 of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard and whether the notes and company’s identification data in the consolidated financial statements that are included in the ESEF financial statements have been tagged, in all material respects, with iXBRL tags in accordance with the requirements of Article 4 of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard and whether there is consistency between the ESEF financial statements and the audited financial statements. The nature, timing and extent of the selected procedures depend on the auditor’s judgment. This includes an assessment of the risk of a material deviation due to fraud or error from the requirements of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard. We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
Our opinion pursuant to Chapter 7, Section 8 of the Securities Markets Act is that the primary financial statements, notes and company’s identification data in the consolidated financial statements that are included in the ESEF financial statements of Etteplan Oyj 7437006I5533R06JU690-2025-12-31-1-fi.zip for the financial year ended 31.12.2025 have been tagged, in all material respects, in accordance with the requirements of the Commission’s regulatory technical standard. Our opinion on the audit of the consolidated financial statements of Etteplan Oyj for the financial year ended 31.12.2025 has been expressed in our auditor’s report dated 17.3.2026. With this report we do not express an opinion on the audit of the consolidated financial statements nor express another assurance conclusion.
Helsinki 17 March 2026
KPMG OY AB
Audit Firm
Kim Järvi
Authorised Public Accountant, KHT
133 Etteplan Oyj Tekniikantie 4 D 02150 Espoo, Finland Tel. +358 10 3070 www.etteplan.com 7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-317437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-317437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-317437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-317437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-317437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-31ETT:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-31ETT:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-31ETT:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437006I5533R06JU6902025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember7437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-31ETT:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-31ETT:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember7437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember7437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember7437006I5533R06JU6902023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437006I5533R06JU6902024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberiso4217:EURiso4217:EURxbrli:shares